Muratec Fax Machine F 98 User Manual

Op er a tin g In str u ction s  
For Muratecs F-98 plain-paper fax machines  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Welcome …  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
This manual and any updates to it can be found online at  
w w w .m u r a tec.com  
Go to the Products” section of this site, then click on F-98”  
As an ENERGY STAR® partner, Muratec America, Inc.,  
has determined that this product meets  
the ENERGY STAR guidelines for energy efficiency.  
Copyright © 1998 by Muratec America, Inc.; all rights reserved.  
Muratec, the Muratec logo and all Muratec fax product names contained herein are trademarks of Muratec America, Inc.  
ENERGY STAR is a registered mark of the United States Environmental Protection Agency.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Welcome to your Muratec fax machine!  
We know you want to use your machine now, without first having to  
climb over a mountain of jargon.  
Find your serial number and write it down  
So weve divided these instructions into three sections.  
Before you go any further, please note that  
your machines serial number is located on the  
bar code label as shown on the drawing at  
right. Its probably a good idea for you to copy  
this down before you set up your machine.  
Use the blank at the bottom of this column.  
“Gettin g sta r ted ” (see page 1.1) covers only what you absolutely  
have to know to use your machine immediately.  
“Beyon d th e ba sics” (see page 2.1) provides more details. When  
you have time, look through it to learn more about your machines  
many features, as well as fax in general.  
IC and ID  
label  
Note: The IC label and ID label, required by  
government regulations, do not con-  
tain serial number information.  
Bar cord  
label  
Finally, “J u st in ca se … ” (see page 3.1) will help you decide what  
to do if you ever have a problem with your machine. It also tells  
you how to give your machine the kind of easy, sensible care that  
should help keep troubles to a minimum.  
Laser printer  
label  
Close up, the bar code label looks some-  
thing like this:  
The next two pages show the entire contents of these instructions.  
Skim through them now if youd like (theyll prove more helpful as  
time passes), or just go on past them to Getting started” and, well,  
get started!  
Im p or ta n t: This is not the exact number which appears on your machines label.  
This is only gives you an idea of how your label will look.  
Now, please copy down your machines serial number below for future reference,  
and note the machines model number:  
And thanks for choosing Muratec.  
My machines serial number: ________________________________________  
My machines model number: F-98  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Whats in these operating instructions  
Note: Each section also contains its own (more abbreviated) table of contents, as well.  
Getting started  
Whats inside this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1  
Beyond the basics  
Whats inside this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1  
A quick introduction to fax in general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1  
Make sure its all out of the packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2  
What are all the parts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2  
What do the keys do? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4  
Youre in control! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.5  
Setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
Pick an installation spot before going ahead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
Powerful tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
Install the printing supplies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
When you install a new drum cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7  
Loading paper . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7  
Attach the paper-handling parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Plug in and power up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Setting the paper size for the multipurpose tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Adjust the monitor speakers volume . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Attaching a second phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
Attaching an optional handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
EasyStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10  
Clearing settings before beginning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10  
What do you want to do? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10  
Using EasyStart to enter initial settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10  
Sending faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12  
Some guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12  
Adjusting the machine for larger documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13  
How to insert a document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13  
Using memory transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13  
Sending . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14  
Sending a fax with on-hook dialing or a handset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15  
If the call doesnt go through — redialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15  
An introduction to Review Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16  
Receiving faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17  
Different ways to get the job done . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17  
Tel Ready mode — when Auto Answer is off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17  
Fax Ready mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18  
When the paper runs out . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18  
Making copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19  
Getting everything just the way you want it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2  
Setting up for scans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2  
Using CODE to enter characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3  
Making settings for printing faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3  
Making settings for copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.4  
Setting the number of rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5  
Setting ECM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5  
Setting silent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6  
Setting the transmission confirmation stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Setting the language . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Printing your settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Printing a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Autodialer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8  
Autodialer basics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8  
Using one-touch numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.9  
Using speed-dial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.11  
EasyDial directory dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14  
Its a great phone, too . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Redial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Hold . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
You can EasyDial regular phone calls, too . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
On-hook dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Changing the dialing type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Dialing in the event of a power failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16  
The basics of broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16  
Delayed broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16  
Relay broadcasting and relay broadcast initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17  
Delayed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19  
Setting up a delayed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19  
Reviewing or cancelling delayed commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.20  
Printing a delayed command list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.20  
Printing a stored document . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21  
Cover page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21  
Managing your fax with its journal and reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22  
Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23  
OneLine + distinctive ring detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24  
Call request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25  
Caller-ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.26  
F-Code communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28  
F-Code: an introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28  
Creating or modifying a F-Code box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28  
Erasing an empty F-Code box . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.30  
Printing a list of your F-Code boxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31  
Printing a document you receive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.31  
F-Code transmission and polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.32  
Programmable one-touch keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34  
Using the power of programmable one-touch keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34  
Programming a delayed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34  
Programming a broadcast / group . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.35  
Programming a relay broadcast initiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.36  
Programming regular polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.37  
Programming F-Code transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.38  
Programming a F-Code polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.39  
Programmable one-touch fax dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41  
Erasing a programmable one-touch key . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41  
Printing a list of your programmable one-touch keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.41  
PC-FAX connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42  
Requirements for your computer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42  
Making PC-FAX connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42  
Entering the RS-232C settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.43  
Using your faxs new PC connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.43  
Keeping things secure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45  
The key to it all — the passcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45  
Locking up tight — operation protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45  
Print it later, when its safe — security reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.46  
Masking the PIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.47  
Setting for use with a closed network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49  
Setting Block J unk Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49  
J ust in case …  
Whats inside this section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1  
Were online to help you! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1  
Clearing paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2  
If an original document jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2  
If a printout jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2  
Print quality problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4  
Figuring out communications problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6  
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6  
LCD error messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6  
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8  
Caring for your fax machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11  
Cleaning tips . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11  
Keep the air vents clean . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11  
Corrective cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.12  
Common questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13  
Were online to help you! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13  
General questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13  
Sending faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13  
Reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.14  
Receiving faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15  
Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15  
How your fax machine works . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.15  
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.16  
Appendix and index  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.1  
Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.2  
United States of America . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.2  
Canada . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.2  
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.3  
Limited warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.6  
Safety information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
A quick and friendly trip  
through the basics  
of your Muratec fax machine  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Whats inside this section  
A quick introduction to fax in general . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1  
Make sure its all out of the packaging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2  
What are all the parts? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2  
What do the keys do? . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4  
Setting up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
EasyStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10  
Sending faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12  
Receiving faxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17  
Making copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.19  
A quick introduction to fax in general  
Whats a fax document?  
Simply put, a fax document is anything a fax user wants to fax to someone else. It  
can be just one page or as many pages as you need. Thats up to you. It can be text,  
a photograph or even your childs latest drawing!  
Whats a fax number?  
Because your fax operates on standard phone lines, a fax number is just a regular  
phone number. And, because your fax is also a high-quality, full-featured telephone,  
your fax number can be your regular phone number — just add an optional handset  
to your fax. Or you can dedicate a phone number to your fax, letting you use one  
number just for ordinary voice calls and one just for fax.  
What are resolution and grayscale?  
J ust as cars are measured by engine size, and stereo systems are measured by  
watts per channel, so fax machines are measured by resolution and grayscale.  
Resolution refers to the sharpness of a fax transmission. Its expressed in lines per  
inch (lpi). An international agency has defined three specific levels of resolution:  
Normal (203 × 98 vertical lpi)  
Fine (203 × 196 lpi)  
Superfine (203 × 392 lpi).  
Similarly, one can judge a fax transmission by its number of grayscale levels, or  
shades of gray — really, halftones such as you might see in a newspaper photo. Its  
likely most of your fax documents will be dark text on white paper. However, when  
you want to send photographs and other shaded items, you can set your fax  
machine to transmit in 64-level grayscale.  
So why not always set your fax machine for superfine,  
or for grayscale?  
Because these settings make your machine send more information, making trans-  
missions last longer and (on long-distance calls) driving up your phone bills. Thats  
why, as youll see, weve made it easy for you to set your fax machine for the most  
efficient, and truest, transmission of the types of documents you send!  
1.1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Make sure its all out  
What are all the parts?  
of the packaging  
The drawing, below, shows what should be included in the packaging:  
Note: Dont worry if some of the terms used here are unclear to you right now.  
Well explain everything fully. Once youre more familiar with these terms,  
this page will be an even handier reference to your fax machine.  
3
4
2
5
7
6
8
10  
9
Con tr ol p a n el — The keys you use to operate your machine. (See page 1.4  
for more details.)  
F a x m a ch in e  
Telep h on e lin e cor d  
F er r ite cor e  
1
1
2
3
6
7
Docu m en t h op p er  
P a p er h op p er  
Docu m en t tr a y  
AC p ow er cor d  
Liqu id cr ysta l d isp la y (LCD) — The display (2-line × 20-character) which  
2
shows the machines status and lets you see what youre entering during vari-  
ous operations. (If the LCD is blank, the machine is off.)  
Ton er ca r tr id ge  
8
P r in ter cover r elea se — Push this to open the printer cover.  
3
4
Dr u m ca r tr id ge  
4
9
P r in ter cover — Opens to provide access for changing the toner and drum  
cartridges (or, occasionally, fixing printout jams).  
Op er a tin g m a n u a l (th is on e)  
5
10  
P r in ted d ocu m en t exit — Where the printout (fax or copy) emerges.  
5
6
Be sure to save the box (or boxes) and packing materials for reshipment.  
P a p er h op p er Holds up the printout (fax or copy) after it emerges.  
1.2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Sca n n er cover r elea se Pull up on this to open the scanner cover.  
7
8
Sca n n er cover — Open this (by using the scanner cover release) to provide  
access to the original document (what you put into the machine for faxing or  
copying) during occasional jams.  
Docu m en t feed er — The slot into which you place your original document  
for faxing or copying. It holds up to 30 sheets.  
9
10  
11  
12  
Docu m en t gu id es — You can move these to adjust for the width of the origi-  
nal document so it will feed properly into the machine.  
Docu m en t h op p er — Supports the original document for straighter feeding  
into the machine. (You can flip it shut if theres no original document loaded.)  
Docu m en t tr a y — Supports documents discharged from the original docu-  
ment exit.  
Or igin a l d ocu m en t exit — Where the original document comes out.  
13  
14  
Mu ltip u r p ose tr a y — Where you put the recording paper. Holds up to 150  
sheets, either letter- or legal-sized. (The optional paper cassette holds up to  
500 letter-sized sheets.)  
AC p ow er sw itch — Turns your fax machine on and off.  
15  
AC p ow er ja ck — Where you plug in the AC power cord.  
16  
17  
18  
HANDSET ja ck — Where you plug in the optional handset.  
EXT. TEL ja ck — If you connect a second telephone to your machine, this is  
where you plug in the cord.  
LINE ja ck — Where you plug in the telephone line cord. (The other end of the  
cord plugs into a wall telephone jack.)  
19  
1.3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
What do the keys do?  
12  
5
7
8
9
11  
4
6
10  
AUTO  
SPEED DIAL  
qz  
abc  
def  
ALARM  
COMMUNICATION  
PC-CONNECT  
3
2
1
ANSWER  
/TEL INDEX  
1
ghi  
2
jkl  
3
mno  
MEMORY  
TRANSMIT  
REDIAL  
/PAUSE  
MEMORY  
RECEIVE  
O
:
P
V
;
[
Q
<
R=  
X {  
P4  
S >  
Y }  
P5  
T ?  
A
!
(
/
B
H
N
"
C
$
+
D
%
E
&
F
4
5
6
REVIEW  
COMMANDS  
HOLD  
/DIALING OPTIONS  
prs  
tuv  
wxy  
7
8
9
oper  
HALFTONE  
S-FINE  
U
@
W ]  
Z
G
M
)
I
J
,
K
-
L
.
FLASH  
DARK  
#
0
NORM  
FINE  
REPORT  
PROGRAM  
ENTER  
STOP  
COPY  
START  
NORM  
LIGHT  
RESOLUTION  
CONTRAST  
CODE  
SYMBOL  
SYMBOL  
P6  
P1  
P2 SPACE  
P3 ABC  
abc  
U2 abc  
U3  
U4  
CODE  
SPACE  
U1 ABC  
BROADCAST  
COM-OPTIONS  
MONITOR/CALL  
CANCEL  
STAMP  
28  
27  
26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14  
13  
Heres a brief description of the keys on your fax machine and what they do, as well  
as a look at your machines indicator lights and their meanings.  
REVIEW COMMANDS Push this to review pending fax commands, view a brief  
description of delayed commands.  
6
Im p or ta n t: Some of the functions well mention here are covered in the Beyond  
P C-CONNECT ligh t — Glows when your fax machine is ready to communicate  
using the PC-FAX feature (see page 2.42).  
7
8
the Basics” section.  
MEMORY RECEIVE ligh t — If glowing, indicates your fax machine is receiving  
an incoming fax document into the machines electronic memory.  
1
HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS Either places a call on hold or takes it off hold. It  
also produces a special character during dialing and inserts special symbols  
into telephone numbers (see page 2.8).  
COMMUNICATION ligh t — If glowing, advises you the fax machine is communi-  
cating with another machine.  
2
SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX — Starts a speed-dialing operation, which you finish by  
pushing three of the keys on the numeric keypad. Also displays one-touch and  
speed-dial entries sorted alphanumerically, as in a telephone directory.  
9
10  
11  
12  
ALARM ligh t — If glowing, indicates a problem has occurred during fax com-  
munication, printing or scanning. (Its also accompanied by several beeps  
immediately after the problem occurs.) The light stays lit until the machine  
3
REDIAL/P AUSE Redials the last number you dialed. In certain operations, it  
also produces a special pause character which can be useful during the dial-  
ing of long-distance numbers.  
prints a Check Message report.  
AUTO ANSWER — Selects which mode your fax machine uses to handle incom-  
ing calls: answering automatically as a fax machine (auto-answer mode) or  
waiting for the user to pick up an optional, connected handset (manual-  
answer mode). The AUTO ANSWER ligh t next to this key will glow when  
auto-answer mode is the current choice.  
4
Nu m er ic k eyp a d — J ust like the numeric keys on a regular tone-dialing  
phone. In addition to dialing phone and fax numbers, they also enter num-  
bers when youre making certain settings.  
On e-tou ch k eys — The keys labeled  
convenience. You also can use the keys labeled  
A
Z
and U1–U4 offer one-touch dialing  
1–P 6 for programmable func-  
MEMORY TRANSMIT — Selects which transmission mode your fax machine uses,  
whether from memory or from the document feeder. If the MEMORY TRANSMIT  
light next to this key is glowing, your machine will scan documents into mem-  
ory before trying to send them. Otherwise, your fax machine will send  
straight from the feeder, which is slower and also prevents others in your  
office from using the fax until your communication is absolutely complete.  
5
P
tions: this lets you teach your machine an advanced multi-step function just  
once, then recall the function at any time by pressing one of these keys.  
Finally, you can use these keys to type in letters and symbols for your user  
settings.  
1.4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Youre in control!  
Weve worked hard to make sure your fax machine is easy for you to use. Lets make  
sure theres no confusion about how to operate it. Below are simple operating tips:  
START — Begins a manual fax transmission or reception.  
13  
14  
15  
COP Y Press this key to make one copy, or multiple copies of a document.  
STOP — An all-purpose Whoa!key. Stops the current operation, ejects a doc-  
ument from the document feeder and cancels alarms.  
To press: 0 (zero), 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, # or *  
Use:  
Tip:  
The numeric keypad.  
F LASH — Lets you quickly disconnect a call and go right to the next one with-  
out having to hang up the handset.  
At no other time within this manual will we refer to the letters printed  
below the numeric keys and their uses (such as accessing abc by pressing  
the 2 key.) These letters are there only for your convenience in using your  
fax machine as a telephone.  
16  
17  
STAMP Press this key to set the machine to stamp each page of the original  
document automatically when the machine transmits it. The STAMP ligh t  
next to this key glows when this operation is activated.  
To press:  
Use:  
Tip:  
A
,
B
,
C
,
D
or any other letter key  
REP ORT Press this key to turn on (or off) the confirmation report feature for  
the next fax transmission. If the REP ORT ligh t next to this key is glowing,  
your machine will print the confirmation report for the next fax transmission  
only. Otherwise, your machine will disable the printing.  
The one-touch key by that name.  
Please dont confuse the zero (0) with the letter  
18  
O.  
Heres an example. If we say press P ROGRAM, 7, ENTER, 0, 8, ENTER” …  
ENTER — Much as STOP is a Whoa!key, ENTER is a Go!” key. It confirms  
user settings, begins operations and moves through command levels.  
… youd press P ROGRAM  
19  
20  
21  
22  
then  
7
then ENTER  
then 0 (the numeric key zero)  
CANCEL Press this key to delete characters on the LCD and cancel com-  
mands you have entered into the machine.  
then  
8
— The right arrow button scrolls (moves) through features and command  
options displayed on the LCD.  
and then, finally ENTER  
Im p or ta n t: Although our example above includes commas, do not enter them into  
the fax machine. Those characters appear in our instructions to sepa-  
rate one number from the other, and are not intended for actual entry  
by using your control panel.  
MONITOR/CALL — During on-hook dialing, it turns the monitor speaker off or  
on. When its on, it allows you to hear the call youre making. When using this  
feature, you can only hear the communication taking place. You cannot be  
heard unless you are using a handset (optional). When youre sending a fax,  
this key also activates the call request feature.  
There is a function (broadcasting) which requires the entry of  
commas, but there is a special way to enter them. We will explain this  
process when the time comes.  
— The left arrow button scrolls through features and command options  
displayed on the LCD.  
23  
COM-OP TIONS — Chooses from among five fax options: delayed transmission,  
relay broadcast, polling, F-code transmission or F-code polling.  
24  
25  
26  
27  
28  
P ROGRAM — Any function can be started by first pressing this key and then  
entering the function number.  
BROADCAST Helps you send a broadcast fax (sending the same document to  
more than one location).  
CONTRAST — When a document is in the document feeder, press this key to  
toggle among normal, dark or light contrast settings.  
RESOLUTION — When a document is in the document feeder, press this key to  
toggle among the three resolution modes and the halftone (grayscale) mode.  
1.5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Setting up  
Pick an installation spot before going ahead  
Where should you install your fax machine? The location should be:  
Install the printing supplies  
Your fax machine prints incoming faxes and copies with a laser print engine. The  
engine requires two types of printing supplies (sometimes also called consumables):  
Clea n — Dust buildup can damage your machine. (Still, do not use a cover! See  
next item.)  
The drum cartridge — It yields 20,000 normal letter-sized printouts (see Specifi-  
cations,” page AI.1). By “normal,” were referring to the amount of text and/or  
graphics on each page. This is based on an industry-standard test document.  
In th e op en — Allow at least 12of clearance around your machine. Be sure  
that you never cover the machine. Its vents must be able to breathe.”  
The toner cartridge — It yields 5,500 normal, letter-sized printouts (see  
Specifications,” page AI.1).  
Note: The toner cartridge included with your machine is a starter cartridge which  
yields 3,600 printouts (see Specifications,” page AI.1). Please purchase  
regular, full-yield toner cartridges from your authorized Muratec dealer.  
Aw a y fr om d ir ect su n ligh t — This helps avoid overheating.  
Dr y — Avoid any location where splatters or sprays (such as from a water foun-  
tain) could reach your fax machine.  
Level, a n d vibr a tion -fr ee.  
Nea r a p h on e ja ck — Your fax machine uses a standard (modular) telephone  
jack, also known as an RJ -11.  
Heres how to install these supplies.  
Nea r a n AC p ow er ou tlet — The AC power cord is about 5long when stretched  
to its limit (and thats not the way to handle a power cord).  
Swing open the printer  
1
Speaking of which …  
cover by pressing the  
printer cover release.  
Powerful tips  
Use a sta n d a r d th r ee-pr on ged 120 VAC ou tlet.  
Unpack the drum cartridge from its box.  
2
Ma k e su r e th e ou tlet isn t con tr olled by a w a ll sw itch .  
If it is, youll risk inadvertent shutoffs of your machine, causing  
you to lose fax messages.  
Im p or ta n t: Sh ield th e d r u m ca r tr id ge fr om ligh t, esp ecia lly str on g  
ligh t. Later, if you have to remove the cartridge from the fax,  
immediately wrap it in a thick cloth to protect it from light.  
Don t u se a n ou tlet w h ich a lso is su p p lyin g p ow er to a  
la r ge a p p lia n ce, such a refrigerator or air conditioner.  
Such high-consumption appliances can cause draw-downs”  
(temporary drops in the power available for other equipment on  
the circuit) which could damage your fax machine.  
Put the drum cartridge into the printer  
by aligning the cartridges protrusions  
with the slits inside the printer frame.  
3
Use a n electr ica l su r ge su ppr essor , preferably one which guards both tele-  
phone and electrical lines. This device helps to shield your fax machine from  
damaging high-voltage electrical surges.  
Im p or ta n t: You must also reset the  
drum counter. See When  
you install a new drum  
Volta ge r equ ir em en ts:  
P ow er con su m p tion :  
120 VAC ± 10 %, 50–60 Hz  
Standby Transmission Reception Copying  
Maximum  
396W  
12W  
37W  
373W  
372W  
cartridge …” (page 1.7).  
1.6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Loading paper  
Your fax machine can hold up to 150 sheets of plain paper in the multipurpose tray,  
and your machine will use it to print received faxes and make copies. You can also  
attach an optional paper cassette, which holds up to 500 additional sheets of plain  
paper. Contact your authorized Muratec dealer for more information on the optional  
paper cassette.  
Unpack the toner cartridge from its carton.  
Then, holding the toner cartridge with both  
hands, shake it well as shown (note the arrows).  
4
5
Install the toner cartridge in the printer, making sure that the cartridges  
four pins (two each at the front and rear sides) fit in the slits inside the  
printer frame.  
The following instructions tell you how to load the paper correctly, which will help  
to prevent paper jams and other problems.  
Loading the multipurpose tray  
You may use either letter- or legal-sized paper in the multipurpose tray, but not  
both at the same time. Do not mix paper sizes in one tray.  
Adjust the multipurpose tray for the  
length of paper you plan to load. Pull  
slightly upward on the paper-length  
1
Paper-width guide  
Paper-length guide  
guide in the tray, then slide the  
guide to the slot (either LTR or LGL)  
for the paper size youll be loading.  
Im p or ta n t: You must set your  
machine to recognize  
the size of paper  
Swing the printer cover back down. Push  
down on a portion of the cover to lock the  
cover into its normal position.  
6
youve loaded (see  
page 1.8 for details).  
Note: The fax machine will not work if the  
cover isnt closed properly.  
Slightly fan” the paper you will be loading, to help ensure smooth feeding.  
2
3
Insert up to 150 sheets of paper into the tray. Make sure the paper-length  
guide and the paper width guide now fit against the papers edges.  
When you install a new drum cartridge  
Im p or ta n t: To avoid paper jams, do not refill this tray without first remov-  
ing all of the paper in it. Do not add sheets to an already-loaded  
stack.  
Im p or ta n t: Use this setting only when you are installing a new drum cartridge.  
Your fax machine keeps track of how many pages go through the drum cartridge to  
let you know when the drum needs to be replaced. So, whenever you install a new  
drum cartridge, you must notify” the machine by resetting the drum counter.  
(Before resetting it the very first time, youll have to finish installing the machine  
and then turn it on [see page 1.8].) Heres how to reset the drum counter:  
Press P ROGRAM, , 2, 0. The LCD will show:  
J
1
J20 Reset Drum Life  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to reset the drum counter.  
2
1.7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Attach the paper-handling parts  
Use the AC power switch to turn on your  
machine. The markings are international  
standards: I means on, O means off.  
4
Attach the document  
tray by inserting it  
into the appropriate  
holes, as shown.  
1
Setting the paper size for the multipurpose tray  
The multipurpose tray can hold either letter- or legal-sized paper for your machine.  
All you have to do is tell the machine which size the tray is using.  
Attach the paper hopper into the  
appropriate hole, as shown. Press  
gently until the hopper wont go  
in any farther.  
Document  
hopper  
2
3
Paper hopper  
Im p or ta n t: If you use a different size from the size you set here, the machine  
wont print. Be sure to change this setting whenever you load another  
paper size.  
Attach the document hopper by  
inserting its two pegs at a slightly  
upward angle into the appropri-  
ate holes, as shown.  
Note: The optional paper cassette uses only letter-sized paper.  
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 4, ENTER. The LCD shows the trays current setting:  
J
1
Paper Size: Letter  
Program/Enter  
Plug in and power up  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Plug one end of the telephone line  
cord into the LINE jack on the  
machines rear side. Plug the other  
end of the cord into a standard tele-  
phone wall jack, just as you would  
plug in a phone.  
1
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen paper  
size appears. In this example, weve chosen legal-sized paper:  
2
3
Paper Size: Legal  
Program/Enter  
Note: If you have purchased an  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
optional handset, do not confuse its curled handset cord with the  
uncurled telephone line cord.  
Note: Well get to the HANDSET and EXT.TEL ja ck s shortly (see page 1.9).  
Adjust the monitor speakers volume  
You can set the volume of the monitor speaker, assuring that on-hook dialing will  
be as loud (or as soft) as you require.  
Plug the non-pronged end of the AC power cord  
into the AC power cord jack on the left side of the  
machine (as viewed from the machines front).  
2
3
Press MONITOR/CALL on the control panel. You now should hear a dial tone,  
and the display will show:  
1
** Tel Mode **  
_
Plug the pronged end of the AC power cord into a 120 VAC electrical outlet  
(preferably on a surge suppressor, as mentioned on page 1.6).  
Im p or ta n t: If you dont hear a dial tone, make sure your fax machine is  
plugged into a working phone line.  
1.8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
If the volume you hear is satisfactory, skip to step 4. Otherwise, go on to step 3.  
2
3
Using the plug mentioned in  
step 1, plug the phone cable  
from your second phone into  
the EXT.TEL jack on the rear of  
your fax machine.  
2
Adjust the volume as you like:  
To turn the volume up, press . To turn the volume down, press . The dis-  
play, or LCD, indicates the volume. Here are the possible settings:  
** Tel Mode **  
Volume:■■■■■■  
= Loudest setting.  
= Medium setting.  
= Low setting.  
** Tel Mode **  
Volume:■■■■  
For information on how to use a connected second phone with your fax machine, see  
Receiving faxes,” beginning on page 1.17.  
** Tel Mode **  
Volume:■■  
Press MONITOR/CALL again to hang up.  
4
Attaching an optional handset  
If you purchase an optional handset for your fax machine, it comes with installation  
instructions. However, here is a summary of how to attach the handset.  
Attaching a second phone  
Want to attach a second phone (even a cordless model!) to your fax machine, so they  
can share the same phone jack? No problem.  
Im p or ta n t: Do not connect the handset directly to a telephone wall jack. Connect  
the handset only to your fax machine as the instructions describe.  
Using a small Phillips-head screwdriver, attach the handset cradle to the side  
of your fax machine using the screws included with the cradle.  
Before we go further, lets explain the idea. Youre plugging the second phones  
phone line into your fax machines EXT. TEL jack, not the wall phone jack. In such a  
setup, only your fax machine connects to the wall. The second phone receives phone  
signals through your fax machine.  
1
Plug one end of the handset cord (its curled) into the  
HANDSET jack on the rear of your fax machine.  
2
Now, lets proceed …  
Plug the other end of the handset cord into the jack on the handset. If con-  
nected to a phone line, your fax machine is now off-hook.”  
3
If your second phone is already plugged into a wall phone jack, disconnect it  
from that jack, at the jack. Hold onto the phone plug; youll need it in step 2.  
1
Note: The handset has a small flash” button which you can press while  
holding the handset, putting the fax machine back on-hook” until you  
can hang up the handset properly in step 4.  
Note: If your telephone is a model which also requires AC power, as is true  
for the base of a cordless phone, dont unplug it from its AC power  
jack!  
Place the telephone handset onto the handset cradle. The cradle will press  
the handsets “flash” button, hanging up the handset.  
4
Installation complete!  
Now, see how our EasyStart feature will have  
you up and running within minutes.  
1.9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
EasyStart  
Your Muratec fax machine comes with EasyStart. It guides you in entering the  
bare-bones settings required for normal operation — so its easy for you to start  
using your machine quickly. (You can enter other settings later or change settings.  
Well explain in Beyond the basics,” beginning on page 2.1.)  
Th e n a m e a n d fa x n u m ber you w a n t to a p p ea r on you r fa xes —  
Every fax page you send will arrive at the receiving machine with a single  
line of text at the very top of the page. Among other things, this text will list a  
name and a fax number. The name must not be longer than 22 characters.  
2
Im p or ta n t: At the end of EasyStart, your machine will print a list of its settings.  
So first, please be sure youve correctly installed your machine and  
loaded recording paper into it (see Setting up,” beginning on page 1.6).  
Note: Incidentally, the fax industry term for this text is Transmit Terminal  
Identifier (TTI). (Another term, Subscriber ID, refers to just the fax  
number in the TTI.)  
Clearing settings before beginning  
Using EasyStart to enter initial settings  
Im p or ta n t: Be sure your fax machine has paper before you begin EasyStart, since  
Before using EasyStart, clear your machines built-in user data memory, which  
stores settings. This insures the memory will hold only your settings.  
this feature can print a list of settings at the conclusion.  
Im p or ta n t: After you use EasyStart, please do not clear the memory again unless  
an authorized technician asks you to do so.  
To clear the machines memory:  
Im p or ta n t: If you press STOP during EasyStart, your fax machine will return to  
standby mode (its normal condition) but will retain what settings you  
saved by pressing ENTER as described in these instructions.  
Press P ROGRAM, *, 2. The LCD now asks whether youre sure about clearing  
the memory:  
Press P ROGRAM,  
I
,
ENTER.  
1
1
The LCD will display the current setting of the faxs built-in calendar/clock,  
with a cursor appearing under the first digit.  
Clear User Settings  
Check Program/Enter  
Enter Time  
’99 01/01 00:00  
Note: If you dont want to proceed, just press P ROGRAM.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the correct date and time, using a YYMMDD  
format for the date and 24-hour (“military) format for the time. For instance,  
to set 8:30 PM on December 11, 1998, press 9 8 12 1 1 2 0 3 0, which results in:  
If you are sure, press ENTER to complete the process by cancelling the existing  
user data memory settings.  
2
2
Enter Time  
What do you want to do?  
’98 12/11 20:30  
EasyStart will want you to enter a little information, so first, please determine the  
following before you begin:  
Note: Your fax machine automatically inserts the spaces and date-slash. All  
you have to do is enter the digits.  
Th e typ e of d ia lin g your telephone system requires — You may select  
1
To change only one digit, press  
to move the cursor leftward, or  
to move it  
either tone or pulse (rotary) dialing.  
rightward, to that digit. Then, enter the correct digit.  
Press ENTER to save the clock setting and continue EasyStart.  
3
1.10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
In Beyond the Basics,” well show you how to use the CODE function to enter  
a wide variety of characters (see page 2.3). For now, however, become familiar  
with the ABC, a bc and SYMBOL keys.  
The LCD now asks you to enter your fax number as you want it to appear on  
other fax machines’ displays or printouts. The fax industry term for this num-  
ber is Subscriber ID.  
4
5
Note: If you make a mistake, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want  
Your Fax Number  
to change just one character in the name, press  
to move the cursor  
leftward, or , to move it rightward, to that character and press CAN-  
CEL to erase it. Then re-enter until the name is just as you want it.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the desired number. To put in a dash for  
easier reading, as shown here, press HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS once. The number  
may contain up to 20 characters (numbers and dashes).  
Press ENTER to save the setting and continue.  
8
9
The LCD now indicates the type of dialing, tone or pulse, for which your fax  
machine is set:  
Your Fax Number  
972-555-5525_  
Phone Type: Tone  
Program/Enter  
Note: If you make a mistake, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want  
to change just one character in the number, press  
to move the cur-  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 11.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 10.  
sor leftward, or , to move it rightward, to that character and press  
CANCEL to erase it. Then re-enter until the fax number is just as you  
want it.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your choice appears  
(here, weve changed the setting to Pulse mode):  
10  
11  
Press ENTER to save the number.  
6
7
Phone Type: Pulse  
Program/Enter  
The LCD now asks you to enter the name you want to appear at the top of  
faxes you send. The name may be up to 22 characters in length.  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Im p or ta n t: You enter letters and other non-numeric characters through the  
one-touch keys.  
Youre all done!  
Your Name :Upper  
_
The word Upper” means the machine is currently set for entering only  
upper-case letters. If you press R, the machine will see it as an  
R
(not an r).  
Year 2000 compliance  
To change it so that pressing a one-touch key will produce a lower-case letter  
rather than an upper-case letter, press U2/a bc. The display will change to:  
Muratecs entire current line, as well as every Muratec fax machine introduced in the  
last decade, is fully tested and Year 2000 ready.  
Your Name :Lower  
_
Year 2000 compliance means that all programming or other actions needed to support  
the correct processing of date-related fields prior to, during and beyond the turn of the  
century are completed have been tested and validated for the accurate and correct  
processing of date fields and related logic for Muratec products.  
This means pressing one-touch keys will enter lower-case letters: pressing  
will produce an r (not an R) on the display.  
R
To switch back for upper-case entries, press U1/ABC.  
To enter spaces, punctuation and symbols, press U3/SYMBOL. This lets you  
enter the blue characters shown on the one-touch keypad.  
1.11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Sending faxes  
Reviewing Contrast:  
Some guidelines  
The rightmost item appearing on the LCD (when theres a document in the feeder) is  
the contrast setting. You have three choices:  
How big — and small — your pages can be  
While youll probably be sending normal-sized documents most of the time, you can  
fax a piece of paper as small as a notepad sheet or one nearly 3 feet long!  
Normal (“NORM” on the control panel) — Suited to most documents.  
Light — Lightens up overly dark, muddy” original documents.  
Dark — Darkens weak, washed-out” images.  
To be precise, the acceptable dimensions (width × length) are:  
SINGLE-SHEET TRANSMISSION  
MULTIPLE-SHEET TRANSMISSION  
Note: Until you become accustomed to using the Light and Dark settings, you  
might tend to confuse them. J ust remember what we say above — Light  
lightens” and Dark darkens” — to keep it straight!  
Maximum: 11.0×35.4″  
Maximum: 10.1×14.4″  
Minimum:  
5.8″ × 4.1″  
Minimum:  
5.8″ × 4.1″  
Things not to put in your fax  
To avoid paper jams and damage to your machine, please d on t in ser t:  
Entering a pause character when dialing  
Your fax machine provides special dialing characters which you may find useful.  
Well discuss most of them later (see page 2.8), but you may need to know now  
about the pause character. Some long-distance systems require dialing pauses, and  
pauses can be useful also when youre dialing through special telephone exchanges.  
Folded, curled, torn, wrinkled or very thin pages  
Documents with staples, glue, tape, paper clips or still-wet correction fluid  
Sticky notes” (or documents with sticky notes” attached)  
Cardboard, newspaper or fabric  
To insert a pause character, just press REDIAL/P AUSE (after youve dialed at least one  
other character). -/(the pause character) will appear on the display.  
Pages with duplicating carbon on either side  
Each pause you enter lasts for a factory-set five seconds (see Changing the pause  
length,” next page, for how to change this setting).  
Credit cards or similar small, thick items  
For example, assuming the pause is at the factory setting, pressing 9,  
REDIAL/P AUSE, 19725552009 dials 9 [5-second pause] 1 9 7 2 5 5 5 2 0 0 9.  
Some thoughts on resolution, grayscale and contrast  
Im p or ta n t: Each pause uses two of the characters youre allowed in a number.  
Reviewing resolution and grayscale:  
Normal resolution (“NORM” on the control panel) is suitable for most typed docu-  
ments and simple drawings.  
Fine resolution (“FINE” on the control panel) is ideal for maps, moderately compli-  
cated drawings, floorplans or handwritten documents.  
Superfine resolution (“S-FINE” on the control panel; S Fine” on the LCD) repro-  
duces the detail of extremely complicated drawings or line art.  
Grayscale mode (“HALFTONE” on the control panel; Gray” on the LCD) captures  
shades in photos and drawings.  
Note: If you send a fax in superfine, certain fax models (especially older, non-  
Muratec models) will receive it only in fine mode. However, you can send a  
fax in grayscale mode to virtually any fax machine currently in use.  
1.12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Changing the pause length  
How to insert a document  
The pause is set by the factory to last five seconds, but you can set it to last as long  
as ten seconds if necessary. If you find the five-second pause is satisfactory when  
you use it with your phone system, do not make this change. But, if you must:  
Adjust the document guides — by sliding either of them to the left or right —  
to fit the page (s) youll be faxing. Your fax machines automatic document  
feeder will hold up to 30 pages.  
1
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 5, ENTER.  
J
1
Note: Your machines scanning width is 8.2. When you insert a letter-sized  
document, your machine scans the center 8.2and sends it unreduced  
(see pages 2.3–2.4 for more on reduction). This means that there will  
be a 0.15margin on each side of the page that your fax machine will  
not scan.  
Set Dialing Pause  
Time (05-10):  
05  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
If youre sending a multi-page document, fan”  
the pages slightly. The bottom sheet should  
extend just slightly from the others.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the desired length of the dialing pause.  
Here, weve chosen nine seconds.  
2
3
2
Set Dialing Pause  
Time (05-10):  
Insert the document fa ce u p . The fax machine  
will grab” the first page of the document and  
position it for faxing. (If need be, readjust the  
document guides for the best fit.)  
09  
Note: The length setting requires two digits, so there always must be a lead-  
ing zero for lengths other than 10 seconds.  
The LCD will now show the scanning width set-  
ting and the amount of memory available:  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
3
Document Ready  
Potential problems with call-waiting and voice mail  
Telephone call-waiting signals can stop fax transmission and reception. And, of  
course, any service — such as voice mail — which may intercept your calls can keep  
your fax machine from getting fax calls.  
A4  
Memory100%  
Speaking of memory . . .  
If you must use only one phone line, please consult your telephone company for  
information on how you can temporarily disable call-waiting or voice mail while  
using the fax machine.  
Using memory transmission  
Your fax machine has a great memory! Take advantage of it, and you could:  
Sa ve Tim e. By using your fax machines memory, you wont have to wait for your  
machine while it completes the transmission. Simply scan your document into your  
fax machines memory, and you can walk away with your original in hand.  
Adjusting the machine for larger documents  
If youre using larger documents, you can adjust the document hopper and the docu-  
ment tray. J ust flip the top up or down, as appropriate for your documents’ sizes.  
Sa ve Mon ey. Heres a real money-saver on long-distance fax calls: if youre trans-  
mitting to another memory-equipped Muratec fax machine, your machine will send  
the document directly into the other machines memory and hang up! (The receiving  
machine then prints out your message from its memory after the call has ended.)  
This cuts your actual on-line time to a minimum.  
Sa ve Even Mor e Mon ey. Set up a delayed command (see pages 2.19–2.20) to send  
your document to that other Muratec fax machine after hours, and you can save  
more money, because the line charges will be cheaper.  
You can set your fax to always transmit from memory as a default.  
1.13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Note: Whether you decide to send your documents from memory or through the  
Enter the fax number.  
(In fax terms, youre calling the remote fax, on its remote fax number.)  
document feeder, you can override that choice one transmission at a time by  
pressing MEMORY TRANSMIT before you send your document. After complet-  
ing the communication, your fax will return to the default setting.  
4
Press Start  
919725552009_  
Note: Although its probably best to transmit from memory, please note there are  
some documents that use up memory more quickly than others. They include  
documents with many pages and documents with a lot of dark areas, since  
darker pages create more data for your fax machine to remember” and  
send. When the machines memory supply is full, it can transmit only  
through the document feeder.  
As you can see, you also enter any access codes (such as a 9 for “dialing out”  
from an office telephone system, or 1 for long-distance) along with the num-  
ber, just as you would for a regular phone call.  
Press START.  
5
6
To make memory transmission the default:  
Now, everything is up to the machines — yours and the one youre dialing.  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 3, ENTER.  
J
1
If you have set the fax to transmit from memory, your machine will first  
scan the document into memory, then dial the other fax. When it makes  
contact, your machine transmits the stored document from memory.  
Memory Tx:  
On  
Program/Enter  
If the fax is set for non-memory transmission, your machine simply dials  
the other fax. When it makes contact, your machine feeds the document  
through, scanning and transmitting it as it goes.  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen mode  
appears. In this example, weve chosen Off.  
Note: The more stuff” (or black coverage, to use the fax term) your machine  
sees” on a page, the more slowly the page will feed through as the fax  
scans it — especially when you transmit in non-memory mode. Even  
if the page itself is relatively clean, sending it in grayscale mode or  
certain resolution settings makes your machine see” more stuff.”  
The same is true if you set the contrast to Dark.  
2
3
Memory Tx:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Note: What if the call fails for some reason? See If the call doesnt go  
through — redialing,” next page.  
Im p or ta n t: If you wish to cancel a transmission while it is in progress, you  
will need to use the Review Commands function. See An intro-  
duction to Review Commands,” page 1.16.  
Sending  
Heres how to fax a document:  
At the end of the operation, your fax machine beeps and displays:  
Insert the document.  
7
1
When a document is in the feeder, the LCD shows the scanning width setting  
and the amount of memory available:  
972-555-2009  
** Complete **  
Document Ready  
Im p or ta n t: Whenever you transmit, whether this way or in the numerous  
ways well describe throughout this manual, what actually  
appears on the top line of the display will depend upon informa-  
tion stored in the remote fax. The line may even be blank.  
A4  
Memory100%  
Adjust resolution and contrast if necessary. If these are OK, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, press RESOLUTION to change the resolution and/or press CONTRAST  
to change the contrast.  
2
3
Toggle” (switch on or off) memory transmission if necessary.  
If you want to use your default setting, skip to step 4.  
Otherwise, press MEMORY TRANSMIT once to toggle” memory transmission.  
1.14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Sending a fax with on-hook dialing or a handset  
You also can fax a document by dialing using either the monitor speaker (called on-  
hook” dialing) or the optional handset.  
If the call doesnt go through  
If your call fails, and you dialed without using either the monitor speaker or an  
optional handset, your machine will automatically redial the fax call you just tried.  
While in this Auto Redial mode, the machine can receive faxes and make as many as 50  
fax transmissions.  
redialing  
Insert the document.  
1
2
In this Auto Redial mode, your fax automatically redials the number every few min-  
utes (See Making redial settings,” next page) until one of the following happens:  
Adjust resolution and contrast if necessary. If these are OK, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, press RESOLUTION to change the resolution and/or press CONTRAST  
to change the contrast.  
It reaches the remote fax machine.  
It has automatically redialed the number for the last try (again, see Making  
redial settings,” next page).  
Obtain a dial tone. You can do this by either:  
3
Activating the monitor speaker (by pressing MONITOR/CALL)  
Note: If you used either the speaker or a handset, redial manually (see below).  
… or …  
Note: If the last try fails, your machine may print (and/or display) error messages.  
Lifting an optional handset.  
For more information, see pages 3.6–3.10.  
In either case, the LCD shows:  
Redialing manually  
You can always redial calls manually. And remember you must redial manually if  
** Tel Mode **  
_
you used either the monitor speaker or an optional handset to dial and the call fails.  
Enter the fax number by using the numeric keypad.  
4
To redial a fax call manually without using the monitor speaker or an handset:  
Note: For information on entering one-touch and speed-dial numbers, see  
pages 2.8–2.14.  
Confirm that the document is still in the feeder and that your desired resolu-  
tion and contrast settings are still correct.  
1
** Tel Mode **  
919725552009_  
Press REDIAL/P AUSE, START.  
2
Enter access codes along with the number, just as for a regular phone call.  
To redial a fax call manually by using the monitor speaker or an optional handset:  
When you hear fax tones from the remote unit, press START.  
Confirm that the document is still in the feeder and that your desired resolu-  
tion and contrast settings are still correct.  
5
6
7
1
Note: If a person answers the phone, use the optional handset to tell that  
person that youre trying to send a fax. When his/her machine sends  
you fax tones, then press START.  
Obtain a dial tone: either press MONITOR/CALL or lift the optional handset.  
2
3
4
If youre using the monitor speaker, skip to step 7.  
If youre using an optional handset, hang up (after pressing START).  
Press REDIAL/P AUSE.  
When you hear fax tones from the remote unit, press START.  
Note: What if the call fails for some reason? See If the call doesnt go  
through — redialing,” next column.  
Note: If a person answers the phone, use the optional handset to tell that  
person youre trying to send a fax. When his/her machine sends you  
fax tones, then press START.  
At the end of the operation, your fax machine beeps and displays:  
972-555-2009  
To redial a voice call (using the optional handset) manually:  
** Complete **  
Obtain a dial tone: either press MONITOR/CALL or lift the optional handset.  
1
2
Press REDIAL/P AUSE. When the other person answers, use the optional hand-  
set to speak to that person.  
1.15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Making redial settings  
Its up to you how many times the fax redials a number and how long it waits between  
redials (that length of time between calls is the redial interval). Heres how to program  
the redial settings:  
An introduction to Review Commands  
To cancel either a transmission in progress, an automatic redial or a delayed com-  
mand, youll use the Review Commands function. First, a short explanation . . .  
Because your fax machine can store multiple commands in memory, it keeps  
track of each command by assigning it a command number, like C01.”  
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 7, ENTER.  
J
1
2
Delayed commands, redial attempts and current fax transmissions are all stored  
in your fax machines memory and given a command number.  
Set # Of Redials  
(02-15):  
#
02  
The Review Commands function gives you the power not only to check on (review)  
each command currently in your machines memory but also to delete a command if  
you decide not to send the document.  
If the number of redialings you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
To change the setting, use the numeric keypad to enter the desired number of  
redialings, as few as two or as many as 15. In this example, weve entered 03,  
for three.  
Note: Press STOP to cancel a transmission in progress when you are transmitting  
from the document feeder. (You cannot use the REVIEW COMMANDS key.)  
Press REVIEW COMMANDS.  
The LCD shows the first command, indicated by its command number and the  
phone number the command will dial. If a command is in progress, that will  
be the first command the LCD shows:  
1
Set # Of Redials  
#
(02-15):  
03  
Im p or ta n t: Notice that you must enter a leading zero when setting a quan-  
C01:5552009  
tity lower than 10.  
Program/Cancel  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
3
4
If this is the command you want to cancel, skip to step 4.  
If this is not the command you want to cancel, proceed to step 3.  
2
The LCD now shows:  
Press P ROGRAM to continue on to the next command in the command queue,  
then go back to step 2.  
Set Redial Interval  
Inter. (3-5):  
3
3
Press CANCEL. The LCD shows:  
4
If the redial interval (in minutes) you see is acceptable, skip to step 6.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 5.  
C01:5552009  
Check Program/Cancel  
To change the setting, use the numeric keypad to enter the desired length (in  
5
6
minutes). You may enter 3, 4 or 5. In this example, weve chosen 4.  
If you do want to cancel this command, press CANCEL again.  
5
6
Set Redial Interval  
The LCD now shows the next command.  
If you want to cancel it, too, go back to step 4.  
If you want to avoid cancelling this command but do want to review other  
commands in the queue, press P ROGRAM and go back to step 2.  
If you want to stop reviewing the stored commands, press STOP to return the  
machine to standby mode.  
Inter. (3-5):  
4
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
This function gives you enormous control over your machines most powerful features.  
For more information on the Review Commands function, please see page 2.20.  
1.16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Receiving faxes  
Different ways to get the job done  
Tel Ready mode when Auto Answer is off  
Use it if:  
• You intend to use the same line for both fax and phone calls  
and  
• On that line, youre using at least one other phone which is not  
connected to your fax machine  
and  
Reception modes  
Your fax machine has two different reception modes — Tel Ready and Fax Ready —  
each of which well explain in a moment. Well also give you an idea of which one  
you should use, depending upon your setup.  
• You have installed an optional handset on your fax machine.  
Answering calls manually — for both reception modes  
In either reception mode, you can always answer calls manually if you have an  
optional handset installed. J ust pick it up, as you would if using a normal phone.  
In th is m od e: Your fax machine never answers calls automatically. You must  
answer each call as described in Answering calls manually — for  
both reception modes” (this page, left column).  
To select Tel Ready:  
If you hear someone speaking to you, use your  
optional handset to have a normal phone call.  
If there isnt a document in the feeder, skip to step 2.  
If theres a document in the feeder, press STOP so it will feed out.  
1
Press AUTO ANSWER once or twice until the Auto Answer light is off and the  
LCD shows:  
2
Tel Ready  
If you hear distinctive fax tones (“beep — beep  
— beep — beep), press START and hang up the  
optional handset. Your fax machine will begin  
receiving a fax.  
Dec 11 1998 20:30  
Its easy to make the switch  
To toggle between Tel Ready and Fax Ready (see page 1.18), turn off Auto Answer.  
Note: Dont try to answer a call by pressing  
MONITOR/CALL. The monitor function is  
for on-hook dialing only.  
(To maintain Tel Ready as your default mode, just leave Auto Answer off.)  
Answering fax calls using another phone, not the fax machine  
If you have one phone line ringing to several phones in your office and you have an  
optional handset attached to your fax, theres no need to run to the fax machine to  
answer every call. If you happen to answer a fax call while youre at another exten-  
sion within the same office, put the handset down, but dont hang up. Walk to the  
fax machine and pick up the optional handset. Then press START.  
After you press START, you must hang up both the fax machines handset and the  
second telephones handset. Because remote fax machines will wait several seconds  
to hear reception tones from your unit, you have about 30 seconds to walk to your  
fax, pick up the handset, and press START.  
1.17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Fax Ready mode  
When the paper runs out  
Use it if:  
You have your fax machine installed on a dedicated” line (one it  
doesnt share with a second phone).  
Getting the word from your machine  
In th is m od e: Your fax machine answers each incoming call after a certain num-  
When the multipurpose tray in your fax machine runs out of paper, the machine  
beeps, the ALARM light glows and the LCD indicates the multipurpose tray has run  
out of paper.  
ber of rings (see page 2.5) and attempts fax reception.  
To select Fax Ready:  
Fax Ready  
Check Tray Paper  
If there isnt a document in the feeder, skip to step 2.  
If theres a document in the feeder, press STOP so it will feed out.  
1
Press AUTO ANSWER once or twice until the light is lit. The display shows:  
Of course, your fax machine cannot print fax messages or copies without paper.  
2
However …  
Fax Ready  
Dec 11 1998 20:30  
Receiving when out of paper  
If your machine runs out of paper while youre away, it will store up to 50 fax recep-  
tions (see the note, below) in its memory. This is called out-of-paper reception. Then,  
when you refill the paper supply, the fax machine will print the stored messages  
automatically. This is a useful feature, especially for overnight and weekend ses-  
sions.  
Note: How many pages (not receptions) your fax machine can store for out-of-  
paper reception will vary. It depends on your machines memory capacity  
and it also depends on the types of documents being sent to your machine  
and the documents’ resolution settings. (See Specifications, page AI.1)  
1.18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Getting started  
Making copies  
One of the best things about your fax machine is that it doubles as a copier. This  
makes it easy for you to keep copies of your important documents, such as insur-  
ance forms, receipts and letters.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the desired number of copies for each page  
in the document. You may choose one (“01”) to 99 copies. Here, weve chosen  
three copies.  
4
5
To make a copy with your fax machine:  
# of pgs. to copy 03  
Copy/Stop  
Prepare the document just as you  
would for a fax transmission.  
Remember:  
1
Note: The setting requires two digits, so there always must be a leading  
zero for quantities below 10 copies.  
There are certain types of docu-  
ments you never should insert into  
your fax machine. (You might wish  
to review Things not to put in your  
fax,” page 1.12.)  
Press COP Y to begin the copying process.  
Note: The fax machine offers dual-access performance, and can carry out a fax  
transmission already programmed in memory while it is copying.  
However, the fax cannot send a document from the feeder nor scan a docu-  
ment into memory while copying/printing.  
The document can be up to 30 pages  
in length.  
If youre copying a multi-page docu-  
ment, fan” the pages so that the  
bottom page extends just slightly  
from the rest.  
Adjust your machines document  
guides to fit the document.  
Insert the document fa ce u p . (If neces-  
sary, re-adjust the document guides for  
a correct fit.)  
2
3
Press COP Y. The LCD shows:  
# of pgs. to copy 01  
Copy/Stop  
If you want to make one copy of each page of the document, skip to step 5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 4.  
1.19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Weve covered  
the musts.”  
Now, lets explore  
the goodies.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Whats inside this section  
Getting everything just the way you want it . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2  
Autodialer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8  
Its a great phone, too . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16  
Delayed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19  
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21  
F-Code communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28  
Programmable one-touch keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34  
PC-FAX connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.42  
Keeping things secure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45  
2.1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Getting everything just the way you want it  
The EasyStart feature guided you through the just-gotta” settings on your machine.  
In the next few pages, well cover other settings.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM repeatedly until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen light contrast.  
4
Contrast:  
Light  
Program/Enter  
Setting up for scans  
You can set parameters regarding how your fax machine scans documents for either  
faxing or copying:  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
5
P r im a r y tr a n sm ission m od e — Gives you four ways to send faxes, either one  
of the three resolution modes — normal, fine or superfine (S Fine” on the LCD)  
— or in grayscale mode (Gray).  
Of course, you always can change the resolution and contrast before sending.  
To adjust the resolution and contrast:  
Press RESOLUTION to change the resolution.  
P r im a r y con tr a st m od e — Sets how light or dark you want faxed documents  
to be when they arrive at their destinations.  
Press CONTRAST to change the contrast.  
Press P ROGRAM,  
J
, 0, 1, ENTER. The LCD asks which resolution you select:  
1
Primary:  
Normal  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM repeatedly until your chosen mode  
appears. In this example, weve chosen fine resolution.  
2
3
Primary:  
Fine  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD asks which contrast setting you select:  
Contrast:  
Normal  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 4.  
2.2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Using CODE to enter characters  
Certain settings give you a chance to enter some kind of identifying name. As  
explained earlier (page 1.11), you can do this with the one-touch keys. But you may  
also use the CODE key in combination with other keys to produce a wide variety of  
characters, as well as regular letters and numbers. Heres how to do it:  
Making settings for printing faxes  
You can set two parameters for printing received fax messages:  
Print reduction rate  
Reduction margin  
You set all two in the same operation (see next page), but each deserves its own  
brief explanation.  
When the machine prompts you to enter a name, press CODE. The display will  
change to:  
1
Print reduction rate  
Print reduction lets you set the machine to reduce a large incoming document to a  
size which will fit on your paper. This setting doesnt affect copies you may make  
with your machine. To do this, use the copy reduction function (see page 2.4).  
Your Name :Code  
_
Consult the chart below and find the character you wish to enter.  
2
First keypress  
Here are the options for both print reduction and copy reduction settings:  
2
3
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
:
4
@
A
B
C
D
E
F
5
P
Q
R
S
T
U
V
W
X
Y
Z
[
6
`
7
p
q
r
s
t
u
v
w
x
y
z
{
|
}
A
Ç
B
É
æ
Æ
ô
ö
ò
û
ù
C
D
á
E
α
F
p
q
θ
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
A
B
Settin g  
Au to  
Wh a t it d oes  
!
"
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m
n
o
ü
é
â
ä
à
å
ç
ê
ë
è
ï
˚
β
ε
µ
σ
ρ
ϑ
÷
Automatically reduces printouts at variable rates down to a  
minimum of 75%. Tries to reduce printout to fit on one sheet of  
your selected paper size; if cant, prints the image at 100% size  
on two or more pages.  
#
$
%
&
(
)
*
+
,
í
ó
ú
ñ
Ñ
a
ü
Σ
π
x
`
.
G
H
I
Performs no reduction. (Due to the senders TTI, this may print two  
pages when receiving a one-page fax document. See 97%, below.)  
ÿ
\
Φ
100%  
97%  
o
¿
Ö
Ü
¢
J
j
Reduces an original so that the final printout of a one-page docu-  
ment (if the original isnt larger than the paper in your machine)  
will be only one page long, despite the TTI.  
;
<
=
K
L
M
C
D
E
F
¥
]
î
ì
Ä
Å
£
¢
n
¡
-
÷
P
t
.
/
>
?
N
O
^
_
«
»
91%  
81%  
Provides slightly more reduction.  
ƒ
˚
Provides even greater reduction. Helpful for certain international  
stationery sizes, as well as special applications.  
The legends in the black border just outside the box indicate which key you  
press, and in which order, to get a given character. For example, to get a  
backslash (\ ) character, youd press C, 8. (The blank areas for 2, 0 and C, 0  
indicate where spaces occur.)  
Turns legal-sized originals into letter-sized printed copies.  
75%  
To enter each character, press the indicated keys.  
3
4
For best results …  
Im p or ta n t: Remember that you also can enter numbers through the  
numeric keypad and letters and other non-numeric characters  
through the one-touch keys in combination with the U1/ABC,  
U2/a bc and U3/SYMBOL keys.  
Athough its convenient, the reduction feature cant solve every situation.  
(Also, the printout may omit a small bit of the image at the page break if  
the machine tries to reduce a legal-sized page onto letter-sized paper at any  
setting other than 75%.) So, whenever possible, loa d th e cor r ect size of  
p a p er befor e r eceivin g a fa x (or m a k in g a cop y) of th a t size.  
Note: If you make a mistake, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want  
to change just one character in the name, press  
leftward, or to move it rightward, to that character and press CAN-  
CEL to erase it. Then re-enter until the name is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor  
Press ENTER to save the name.  
2.3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Reduction margin  
Your fax machines reduction margin is measured in millimeters (mm). Well define  
it by explaining how its used:  
Making settings for copying  
You can set three parameters for copying:  
Copy sort/stack — Your fax machine can either sort or stack multiple copies of a  
document. If it stacks them, it will make four copies of a two-page document as:  
1, 1, 1, 1 — 2, 2, 2, 2. If it sorts them, it will make four copies of the same two-  
page documents as: 1, 2 — 1, 2 — 1, 2 — 1, 2.  
When a fax message enters your machines electronic brain, the machine measures  
the messages length and compares it to (a ) the length of your selected paper p lu s  
(b) the reduction margin you set. If the length of the incoming message is shorter  
than the sum of (a ) and (b), your machine prints the message on just one sheet;  
otherwise, it prints the message on more than one sheet.  
(If the sorting copy is Off”, the fax machine will stack.)  
Copy reduction rate — Works the same way as the print reduction rate (see page  
2.3 for more details).  
Note: An Auto reduction setting and a reduction margin setting of 40mm will  
print most incoming faxes as single pages. Try this combination first and  
then, only if you have problems with it, select different settings.  
Reduction margin — Serves the same purpose as the reduction margin for print-  
ing (see earlier information on this page).  
You set both in the same operation, as with the printing settings.  
Adjusting the print settings  
Note: The same options, in terms of both reduction settings and reduction mar-  
gins, are available for copy reduction as for print reduction. (If necessary,  
review the preceding discussion, Making settings for printing faxes,” begin-  
ning on page 2.3.) The difference, here, is that you probably are better off  
with a setting of 00 on the reduction margin.  
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 2, ENTER. The LCD shows the currently set print reduc-  
tion rate:  
J
1
Prnt Reduc Rate:Auto  
Program/Enter  
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 3, ENTER. The LCD shows the current setting for sorting  
copy:  
J
1
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Sorting Copy: On  
Program/Enter  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM repeatedly until your chosen reduction  
setting appears. In this example, weve chosen 91%.  
2
3
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Prnt Reduc Rate: 91%  
Program/Enter  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen Off.  
2
3
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD shows the current setting for the  
reduction margin:  
Sorting Copy: Off  
Program/Enter  
Prnt Reduc Rate: 91%  
Margin(0-85mm): 40  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD shows the current copy reduction rate:  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 4.  
Copy Reduc Rate:100%  
Program/Enter  
To change the setting, use the numeric keypad to enter the reduction margin  
4
5
you want. If necessary, press  
or  
to move the cursor if you need. In this  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 4.  
example, weve chosen 38mm.  
Prnt Reduc Rate: 91%  
Margin(0-85mm): 38  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM repeatedly until your chosen reduction  
setting appears. In this example, weve chosen 75%.  
4
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
2.4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Setting ECM  
Copy Reduc Rate: 75%  
Program/Enter  
Ever hear static on the line during a phone call? Its a real nuisance — but, worse, it  
may ruin your attempts to communicate via fax. This is because line noise” can  
easily disrupt the flow of data from one fax machine to another.  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD shows the current setting for the  
reduction margin:  
5
Thats why your fax machine gives you the chance of operating in Error Correction  
Mode (ECM). When two fax machines communicate while running in ECM, the send-  
ing machine automatically checks the data, block” by block,” as it sends. If the  
receiving fax machine cant verify the transmission, the first machine will re-send  
as necessary. (Essentially, the sending machine asks, Did you hear’ that seg-  
ment?and the other machine answers either Yeah; go on” or No; try it again.)  
Copy Reduc Rate: 75%  
Margin(0-85mm): 24  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 7.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 6.  
To change the setting, use the numeric keypad to enter the reduction margin  
Note: While using ECM gives you a better chance of getting a fax document  
through a troublesome phone line, it also could slow down the transmission  
time — and increasingly so in proportion to how bad the phone line is.  
Thats why we let you turn ECM on or off as you require.  
6
7
you want. If necessary, press  
or  
to move the cursor if you need. In this  
example, weve chosen 00mm.  
Copy Reduc Rate: 75%  
Margin(0-85mm): 00  
Note: Not all fax machines have ECM. If youve activated ECM and then transmit to  
a fax machine not currently using ECM, there will no change in the fax  
transmission from a usual, non-ECM transmission.  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Press P ROGRAM,  
J
, 0, 8, ENTER. The LCD shows the current ECM setting:  
1
ECM Mode:  
On  
Setting the number of rings  
Program/Enter  
You can set how many times your fax machine will ring before answering a call.  
You may choose one to nine rings.  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 6, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
J
1
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen Off.  
2
3
Set # Of Rings  
(1-9):  
#
2
ECM Mode:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
To change the setting, use the numeric keypad to enter the desired number of  
rings, from one to nine. Here, weve chosen four rings.  
2
Set # Of Rings  
#
(1-9):  
4
Note: If you enter 0 (zero), the machine will beep briefly to warn you that it  
cant accept that setting.  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
3
2.5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Setting silent mode  
If you and your fax machine share a quiet place, youll really appreciate being able to  
put the machine into silent mode. This setting mutes the ringer, the alarm and the  
key-touch tone.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears.  
4
5
If you want the ringer to be off, set to On” and the machine will be quiet.  
Otherwise, the machine will ring.  
Rin ger — This mutes the ringer and a special ring alerts you if you receive a  
voice call and a call request call.  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD now asks whether you want to be off  
the alarm:  
Ala r m — This mutes the alarm your machine makes when an error has  
occurred, the Im done!beep your machine makes after sending or receiving a  
fax or making a copy, and the beep your machine makes at one-minute intervals  
to remind you your caller is waiting.  
Alarm Silent: Off  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is Off” and it is acceptable, skip to step 7.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 6.  
Key-tou ch ton e — This mutes the tones your machine makes when pressing  
the button on the control panel.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears.  
6
7
Note: Lets say it again — silent mode mutes the ringer as well as the beep and  
the key-touch tone. So, if youre using your fax machine as both a fax and  
phone (with the optional handset), you may not wish to use this feature.  
If you want the alarm to be off, set to On” and the machine will be quiet.  
Otherwise, the machine will beep.  
Note: Of course, turning on the silent mode on your fax machine wont turn off  
ringers on other telephones in your house or office. Similarly, other phones  
wont distinguish between fax and voice calls.  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD now asks whether you want to be off  
the key-touch tone  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 4, ENTER. The LCD shows your faxs current setting:  
J
Key Buz.Silent: Off  
Program/Enter  
1
Silent Mode:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is Off” and it is acceptable, skip to step 9.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 8.  
If the setting is Off” and it is acceptable, skip to step 9.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears.  
8
9
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen On.  
2
If you want the key-touch tone to be off, select On” and the machine will be  
quiet.  
Otherwise, the machine will sound.  
Silent Mode:  
On  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Note: Dont be confused. If silent mode is On, the machine will be quiet.  
If silent mode is Off, the machine will ring and beep as usual.  
(In other words, the Off/On refers to the silent mode setting,  
not to the sound itself!)  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The LCD now asks whether you want the  
ringer to be off or on:  
3
Ringer Silent: Off  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 4.  
2.6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Setting the transmission confirmation stamp  
Printing your settings  
After you have your machine set as you want, have it print a settings list. We rec-  
ommend this particularly if youll be sharing the machine with other users, who  
might change the settings for one reason or another.  
You can set your fax machine so that it will automatically place a small stamp mark  
on the front of each original document that it successfully scans.  
Im p or ta n t: Be sure that this feature is turned off if you are sending original docu-  
With this list, you can quickly confirm that all settings are as you want, without  
having to go back and check them on the machine. Or, if you do need to undo some-  
one elses unauthorized (or even authorized) changes, this list guides you in  
returning the machine to your preferred settings.  
ments you dont want the fax to stamp.  
Press P ROGRAM,  
J
, 1, 9, ENTER. The LCD shows your faxs current setting:  
1
Stamp:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
Note: Some settings on the list affect only certain operations well explain later.  
Please refer to the index at the end of these instructions to locate any set-  
ting you dont recognize or understand.  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
To print the settings list, press P ROGRAM, , 2, 2, ENTER.  
J
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen On.  
2
3
Printing a program list  
You also can have your machine print a program list. This list gives a brief summary  
of the various instructions available on your fax machine, organized in a program  
tree” so you can see which key combinations produce which instructions.  
Stamp:  
On  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Note: Some settings on the list affect only certain operations well explain later.  
Please refer to the index at the end of these instructions to locate any set-  
ting you dont recognize or understand.  
Setting the language  
While English is the language in which your machine initially is set to display mes-  
sages and print reports, you can set it to speak” French or Spanish, too! As you give  
the order for the machine to change languages, it rolls” from English to French to  
Spanish and then back to English.  
To print a program list, press P ROGRAM, *, 8. Your machine will print the list.  
Note: If you have certain options installed on your machine, the list will be two  
pages in length.  
To make the change from one language to the next, press P ROGRAM, #.  
¿Qué es? — or, What is it?  
If, after making a language change, youre not sure which language is showing,  
press P ROGRAM once and decide based on what results on the LCD:  
A Num. Une-Touche  
is French.  
Program./Val.  
A Núm. Una-Tecla  
is Spanish.  
Program./Sel.  
If the language you see is the one you want, press STOP to return to standby mode.  
If you want to change languages, press STOP to return to standby mode and then  
press P ROGRAM, # again to go to the next language in the cycle.  
2.7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Autodialer  
Your fax machines autodialer is one of its most versatile features. It stores your  
most frequently called phone and fax numbers for instant recall so you dont have to  
remember them. Now, its easy to dial even the most complicated international  
calls!  
Special dialing characters  
Which number do you find easier to read: 919725552009 or 9-1-972-555-2009?  
Obviously, its the second one. The hyphen (or dash) character (-”) separates the  
number into its various parts — in this example, a 9 for outside-line access, a 1 for  
long-distance access, the area code and the phone number.  
Imagine how much more important this can be if you also have to use special long-  
distance access codes, country codes for international calling, etc.  
Autodialer basics  
Also, certain calls require special symbols besides just numerals to get through. If  
you make calls to other countries — or just have your fax machine on an unusual  
phone system — youll want to be able to put the appropriate characters in the  
numbers you store.  
How do you autodial?  
There are two kinds of autodialer numbers. The difference between the two is how  
you access them:  
Thats why your fax machine allows you to enter special dialing characters. Heres a  
brief description of these characters, as well as how you can put them in the num-  
bers you store in the autodialer:  
One-touch Pressing one of the keys, marked  
of the control panel.  
A
Z
and U1U4, on the right side  
Speed-dial Pressing SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX followed by a three-digit identifier,  
from 001 to 100.  
Ch a r . Wh a t it d oes  
Keystr ok e(s)  
How big is the vault?  
How many numbers can your fax store? A total of 130 — up to 30 one-touch num-  
bers and up to 100 speed-dial numbers.  
Makes long numbers easier to read.  
Doesnt change fax machine operation.  
HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS (once)  
HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS (twice)  
/
!
(Has no effect in the United States.)  
Which number is which?  
Your fax machines autodialer will hold more than just fax numbers: you can store  
Moms phone number along with your warehouses fax number.  
Tells your fax machine to pause until it  
hears” a dial tone.  
HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS  
(3 times)  
Enters a pause. Each pause lasts five  
seconds (or whatever length you set; see  
pages 1.12–1.13). Each pause uses two of  
the characters you can store in one  
phone number.  
How? Because, when you use the autodialer to dial a number, the fax checks to see  
whether theres a document in the feeder. If there is, the machine dials as a fax  
machine (i. e., dials while sending fax tones). If there isnt, it dials as a phone.  
REDIAL/P AUSE [after entry of  
at least one other character]  
–/  
–!  
EasyDial directory: A preview  
or, What the hecks a Location ID?  
Your machine also features a built-in EasyDial directory (see page 2.14). This lets  
you enter your fax/phone numbers along with descriptive names. (Your machine  
calls this name a Location ID.) The autodialer sorts these listings alphabetically so,  
with EasyDial, you can look them up by name as if you were using a phone book!  
If your fax machine is on a pulse (not  
tone-dialing) line, switches from pulse-  
dialing to tone (DTMF”)-dialing. Use after  
the actual phone number but before any  
characters (such as a long-distance  
carriers access code) which must be in  
DTMF tone. Do not use on a tone line.  
HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS (once)  
,
then  
(once), then  
HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS  
(3 times), then  
(once)  
As you store the numbers — well get to that shortly — youll see how to enter the  
names so you can use this extremely handy feature.  
2.8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Using One-touch numbers  
When the number is as you want it, press ENTER to store it.  
6
7
As indicated previously, your fax machine will store up to 30 one-touch numbers by  
The LCD now displays:  
using the keys marked  
A
Z
and U1U4 (fliptab a ).  
B :Name  
_
:Upper  
B :Name  
S. W. Region Office_  
:Upper  
or  
Entering or changing a one-touch number  
Im p or ta n t: To erase a number, see Erasing a one-touch number” (page 2.11).  
The machine now is prompting you for a name — a Location ID, remember? —  
so youll be able to find it easily in the EasyDial directory (see page 2.14).  
Press P ROGRAM, A, 1, ENTER. Depending on whether you already have a num-  
1
ber entered for one-touch number A, the LCD shows:  
If you do not wish to enter or change this numbers Location ID, skip to step 9.  
If you do wish to enter or change this numbers Location ID, proceed to step 8.  
Select One-Touch  
Select One-Touch  
or  
A :No Number Stored  
A :9-1-555-345-6789  
A numbers Location ID may be up to 16 characters in length. You enter the  
Location ID the same way you entered your fax name during EasyStart. Well  
review the process, here. (If youre changing a previously entered Location ID,  
see the note at the end of this step.)  
8
If  
A
is the key you want to set, skip to step 3. (However, our sample displays  
from here on will say Brather than A.”)  
Press the one-touch key in which you want to store a number or change a pre-  
Im p or ta n t: As in EasyStart, you enter letters and other non-numeric char-  
2
viously stored number. Here, weve selected  
B
and the LCD shows either:  
acters through the one-touch keys.  
Select One-Touch  
B :No Number Stored  
Select One-Touch  
B :9-1-555-987-6543  
B :Name  
_
:Upper  
or  
If you change your mind and wish to select a different one-touch key, just  
press that key before going on step 4.  
The word Upper” means the machine is currently set for entering only  
upper-case letters. If you press R, the machine will see it as an (not an r).  
3
4
R
Press ENTER. Depending on whether you already have a number entered for  
this one-touch number, the LCD now shows either:  
To change it so that pressing a one-touch key will produce a lower-case letter  
rather than an upper-case letter, press U2/a bc. The display will change to:  
B :Fax Number  
_
B :Fax Number  
9-1-555-987-6543_  
B :Name  
_
:Lower  
or  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number exactly as your machine should  
dial it, including whatever access codes your phone system may require. (You  
may want to review Special dialing characters,” page 2.8.) The number can  
be up to 40 characters in length:  
This means pressing one-touch keys will enter lower-case letters: pressing  
will produce an r (not an R) on the display.  
R
5
To switch back for upper-case entries, press U1/ABC.  
To enter spaces, punctuation and symbols, press U3/SYMBOL. This lets you  
enter the blue characters shown on the one-touch keypad.  
B :Fax Number  
9-1-5559292039_  
To enter a wide variety of characters, use the CODE function. (Review the  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
explanation on page 2.3.) The vast majority of the time, you will probably find  
the ABC, a bc and SYMBOL keys to be sufficient.  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the name, press  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the name is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor leftward,  
just one character in the number, press  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor leftward,  
2.9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Press ENTER.  
If you specified transmission from the feeder:  
9
Your fax machine dials the other fax machine.  
The LCD will display the next one-touch number.  
If you do not want to enter any more one-touch numbers, press STOP to finish.  
If you do not want to enter the currently displayed one-touch number but do  
want to enter another one-touch number, go back to step 2.  
When the other machine answers, your fax feeds the document through its scan-  
ner, transmitting as it goes.  
The LCD shows the Location ID and the documents width and resolution settings:  
If you do want to enter this one-touch number, go back to step 4.  
Katz’s Cat Care  
A4  
Normal  
One-touch fax dialing  
Now that youve stored a one-touch number or two, lets discuss the ease of using  
one-touch keys to make calls. Youll probably use one-touch numbers to dial fax  
calls, not voice calls, most of the time. Well show you a bit later (this page, right  
column) how to dial a one-touch voice call. But, first, heres how to dial a fax call  
using a one-touch number:  
Note: If the number doesnt have a Location ID, the number appears.  
One-touch phone dialing  
To dial a phone call using a one-touch number, you must have an optional handset  
attached to your machine. (Contact your authorized Muratec dealer for more infor-  
mation on this optional item.)  
Insert the document.  
1
2
3
Heres how to make the call:  
Adjust resolution and contrast if necessary.  
Obtain a dial tone by doing one of the following:  
1
Toggle between transmission from the feeder or from memory if necessary, by  
Lifting the handset  
pressing MEMORY TRANSMIT.  
Press MONITOR/CALL to use the monitor speaker.  
Press the one-touch key in which youve stored the number.  
Press the one-touch key in which youve stored the number. As the machine  
dials, it will show the number on the LCD:  
4
2
The machine will handle the call from here, although the exact sequence of events  
will vary depending upon whether you specified transmission from memory or  
transmission from the feeder:  
** Tel Mode **  
9-555-2842_  
If you specified transmission from memory:  
Note: Remember that your fax machines monitor speaker is not a speakerphone;  
so, if you dialed by using the monitor speaker, be sure to pick up the hand-  
set and speak to the other person when he/she answers!  
Your fax machine scans your document into memory first, then dials the other  
fax machine.  
The LCD shows the Location ID and the documents width and resolution settings:  
Note: You also can use this method to dial a fax call when, for some reason, you  
want to hear the other faxs answering fax tones. (Make sure theres a docu-  
ment in the feeder.) When you do hear those tones, press START to send the  
document in the feeder; if youd lifted the handset, hang it up at this point.  
Katz’s Cat Care  
A4  
Normal  
Note: If the number doesnt have a Location ID, the number appears.  
When the other machine answers, your fax will transmit the document directly  
from memory. (To review memory transmission, see pages 1.13–1.14.)  
2.10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Erasing a one-touch number  
Using speed-dial numbers  
Press P ROGRAM, A, 2, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
As we mentioned before, your fax machine will store up to 100 speed-dial numbers,  
1
designated by three-digit identifier codes from 001 (the first number) through 100.  
Select One-Touch  
A :No Number Stored  
Select One-Touch  
A :9-1-555-345-6789  
or  
Im p or ta n t: When entering the identifier code for a speed-dial number, you must  
enter leading zeroes, if necessary, to make three digits (e. g., 001 or 027).  
Speed-dial number 100 doesnt require leading zeroes.  
If  
A
is the key you want to erase, skip to step 3. (However, our examples from  
here will say Brather than A.”)  
Entering or changing a speed-dial number  
Press the key for the one-touch number you want to erase. Here, weve  
2
selected  
B:  
Im p or ta n t: To erase a number, see Erasing a speed-dial number” (page 2.13).  
Select One-Touch  
B :9-1-555-987-6543  
Press P ROGRAM, B, 1, ENTER. Depending on whether you already have a num-  
ber entered for speed-dial number 001, the LCD shows:  
1
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
001:No Number Stored  
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
001:9-555-584-6950  
If you change your mind and wish to erase the number stored in a different  
one-touch key, just press that key before going on step 4.  
or  
3
4
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
If 001 is the speed-dial number you want to set, skip to step 3. (However, our  
examples from here will say 005” rather than 001.)  
Erase One-Touch  
Check Program/Enter  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the desired speed-dial numbers three-digit  
identifier code. Here, weve entered 005 and the LCD shows either:  
2
Im p or ta n t: If you want to quit without erasing the one-touch number  
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
005:No Number Stored  
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
005:9-555-397-0123  
youve selected, press P ROGRAM. The fax will return to step 2.  
or  
Press ENTER to erase the number.  
5
If you change your mind and want to select a different speed-dial number,  
just repeat step 2 until the desired number appears, then go on to step 4.  
Erase One-Touch  
** Complete **  
3
4
Press ENTER. Depending on whether you already have a number entered for  
this speed-dial number, the LCD now shows either:  
To erase another one-touch number, repeat steps 2–5. Or press STOP to return to  
standby mode.  
005:Fax Number  
_
005:Fax Number  
9-555-397-0123_  
or  
Printing a list of your one-touch numbers  
Forgot which number is in” which one-touch key? Dont worry, just print a list of  
your one-touch numbers. The list includes each keys letter, the Location ID (if any)  
and number youve stored in the key.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the speed-dial number exactly as your  
machine should dial it, including whatever access codes your phone system  
may require. (You may want to review Special dialing characters,” page 2.8.)  
The number can be up to 40 characters in length:  
5
To print the list, press P ROGRAM, A, 3, ENTER.  
005:Fax Number  
9-1-555-567-1234_  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
2.11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press to move the cursor leftward,  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the name, press  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the name is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor leftward,  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
When the number is as you want it, press ENTER to store it.  
Press ENTER.  
The LCD will display the next speed-dial number.  
If you do not wish to enter any more speed-dial numbers, press STOP to finish.  
If you do not wish to enter the currently displayed speed-dial number but do  
want to enter another speed-dial number, go back to step 2.  
6
7
9
The LCD now displays:  
005:Name :Upper  
_
005:Name :Upper  
West Coast Sales_  
or  
If you do wish to enter this speed-dial number, go back to step 4.  
The machine now is prompting you for a name — a Location ID, remember? —  
so youll be able to find it easily in the EasyDial directory (see page 2.14).  
Fax dialing via speed-dial  
To dial a fax call using a speed-dial number:  
If you do not wish to enter or change this numbers Location ID, skip to step 9.  
If you do wish to enter or change this numbers Location ID, proceed to step 8.  
Insert the document.  
1
2
3
A numbers Location ID may be up to 16 characters in length. You enter the  
Location ID the same way you entered your fax name during EasyStart. Well  
review the process, here. (If youre changing a previously entered Location ID,  
see the note at the end of this step.)  
8
Adjust resolution and contrast if necessary.  
Toggle between transmission from the feeder or from memory if necessary, by  
pressing MEMORY TRANSMIT.  
Im p or ta n t: As in EasyStart, you enter letters and other non-numeric char-  
acters through using the one-touch keys.  
Press SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX. The LCD will show:  
4
005:Name :Upper  
_
Enter Speed Dial No.  
S_  
The word Upper” means the machine is currently set for entering only  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the three-digit identifier (such as 018, in this  
example) for the speed-dial number you want to dial. The LCD will show:  
5
upper-case letters. If you press R, the machine will see it as an  
R
(not an r).  
To change it so that pressing a one-touch key will produce a lower-case letter  
rather than an upper-case letter, press U2/a bc. The display will change to:  
Shipping & Receiving  
S018_  
005:Name :Lower  
_
Press START.  
6
The machine will handle the call from here. The sequence will vary depending upon  
whether you specified transmission from memory or transmission from the feeder.  
This means pressing one-touch keys will enter lower-case letters: pressing  
will produce an r (not an R) on the display.  
R
To switch back for upper-case entries, press U1/ABC.  
To enter spaces, punctuation and symbols, press U3/SYMBOL. This lets you  
enter the blue characters shown on the one-touch keypad.  
To enter a wide variety of characters, use the CODE function. (Review the  
explanation on page 2.3.) Most of the time, you will probably find the ABC,  
a bc and SYMBOL keys to be sufficient.  
2.12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Note: You also can use this method to dial a fax call when, for some reason, you  
If you specified transmission from memory:  
want to hear the other fax machines answering fax tones. (Make sure  
theres a document in the feeder.) When you do hear those tones over either  
your handset or the monitor speaker, press START to send the document in  
the feeder. If youre using your handset, hang it up at this point.  
Your fax scans your document into memory first, then dials the other machine.  
The LCD shows the Location ID and the documents width and resolution settings:  
Shipping & Receiving  
A4  
Normal  
Erasing a speed-dial number  
Note: If the speed-dial number doesnt have a Location ID, the number appears.  
When the other machine answers, your fax will transmit the document directly  
from memory. (To review memory transmission, see pages 1.13–1.14.)  
Press P ROGRAM, B, 2, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
1
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
001:No Number Stored  
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
001:9-555-584-6950  
or  
If you specified transmission from the feeder:  
Your fax machine dials the other fax machine.  
When the other machine answers, your fax feeds the document through its scan-  
ner, transmitting as it goes.  
If 001 is the speed-dial number you want to erase, skip to step 3. (However,  
our examples from here will say 005” rather than 001.)  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the three-digit identifier for the speed-dial  
number you want to erase. Here, weve selected 005:  
2
The LCD shows the Location ID and the documents width and resolution settings:  
Shipping & Receiving  
Enter Speed-Dial No.  
005:9-1-555-987-6543  
A4  
Normal  
Note: If the speed-dial number doesnt have a Location ID, the number appears.  
If you change your mind and wish to erase a different speed-dial number, just  
go back to step 2 and perform it before going on step 4.  
3
4
Phoning via speed-dial  
To dial a phone call using a speed-dial number, you must have an optional handset  
attached to your machine. Heres how to make the call:  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
Erase Speed-Dial  
Check Program/Enter  
Obtain a dial tone by doing one of the following:  
1
Lifting the handset  
Im p or ta n t: If you want to quit without erasing the speed-dial number  
Press MONITOR/CALL to use the monitor speaker  
youve selected, press P ROGRAM. The fax will return to step 2.  
Press SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX. The LCD will show:  
Press ENTER to erase the number.  
2
3
5
** Tel Mode **  
S_  
Erase Speed-Dial  
** Complete **  
To erase another speed-dial number, repeat steps 2–5. Or press STOP to return to  
standby mode.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the three-digit identifier (such as 018, in this  
example) for the speed-dial number you want to dial. The LCD will show:  
** Tel Mode **  
9-555-5783_  
Printing a list of your speed-dial numbers  
You can easily print a list of your speed-dial numbers. The list includes each numbers  
three-digit identifier, the Location ID (if any) and fax number or phone number  
youve stored.  
Note: Remember that your fax machines monitor speaker is not a speakerphone;  
so, if you dialed by using the monitor speaker, be sure to pick up the hand-  
set and speak to the other person when he/she answers!  
To print the list, press P ROGRAM, B, 3, ENTER.  
2.13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
EasyDial directory dialing  
When the LCD is showing the name you want to dial, press START.  
6
If there is a document in the feeder, your machine will dial a fax call to the  
selected autodialer number.  
The EasyDial directory dialing feature makes your autodialer even more like an  
electronic phone book. EasyDial sorts and displays numbers alphabetically accord-  
ing to their Location IDs, so you can easily find them and dial them. When the name  
you want appears, you just press START to begin a call (either phone or fax). Your  
machines EasyDial directory alphabetizes in the following order: alphabet, num-  
bers and, finally, symbols.  
If there isnt a document in the feeder, your machine will activate the mon-  
itor speaker and dial a regular phone call. (Remember that, to make a  
regular phone call from your machine, you must have attached an optional  
handset.) At this point, you may either:  
— Lift the handset now  
If you want to use EasyDial to make a regular phone call, make sure theres  
no document in the feeder and then skip to step 4.  
If you want to use EasyDial to send a fax, insert the document.  
1
or  
— Listen to the monitor speaker until you hear the other person answer,  
and then lift the handset.  
Adjust resolution and contrast if necessary.  
2
3
What if an EasyDial call doesnt go through?  
If an EasyDial call fails (for example, because of a busy signal), what happens next  
depends upon the kind of call it was.  
If you want to toggle between transmission from memory and transmission  
from the feeder, press MEMORY TRANSMIT.  
Press SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX twice. The LCD shows the alphabetically first listing  
in your fax machines EasyDial directory:  
4
If it was a fax call …  
Your fax machine automatically redials the number after the redial interval (see  
page 1.16). It keeps trying until either of the following occurs first:  
Telephone Index [A]  
ABC Company  
:A  
It successfully reaches the other number (and, if its a fax call, makes contact  
with the machine on the other end).  
Note: If your machine is currently holding any caller-IDs, it will show the  
caller-ID directory (see pagea 2.26-2.27) on the LCD.  
If you wish to avoid the caller-ID directory, press any key of 2, 4, 6 or 8  
on the numeric keypad.  
It has automatically redialed the number the last try (see page 1.15).  
If it was a regular phone call …  
… Youll have to redial manually:  
Note: Here, the [A]indicates this listing begins with its initial in the  
alphabet; if it began with a symbol, this would instead be [!]; or, if  
Obtain a dial tone by eith er lifting the handset or pressing MONITOR/CALL.  
1
it began with a number, this would instead be a [0]  
.
(If this listing is the one you want to dial, skip to step 6.)  
Press REDIAL/P AUSE.  
2
Scroll through the listings to find the one you want. You do this by pressing  
certain keys on the numeric keypad:  
5
2 or 8 to select the character set — alphabet, number or symbol — for the  
first character of the Location ID.  
4 or 6 to check different listings within that character set.  
Note: The scrolling is open-ended.” For example, when you run out of list-  
ings beginning with alphabet A”, pressing 4 or 6 automatically moves  
you into listings beginning with other characters.  
2.14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Its a great phone, too  
As youve probably guessed by now, your fax machine is a great phone, too! Lets see  
just how good it is by looking briefly at the machines telephone features.  
On-hook dialing  
Because your machine has a monitor speaker, you can dial without picking up the  
handset. For hands-free dialing:  
Im p or ta n t: All of the instructions on this page assume you have attached an  
optional handset to your fax machine.  
Press MONITOR/CALL. Youll hear a dial tone (unless you have set your speaker  
volume to Off; see page 1.8–1.9), and the LCD will show:  
1
Redial  
** Tel Mode **  
_
Press REDIAL/P AUSE to — you guessed it! — redial the last number you dialed. (Be  
sure that attempt, too, was also a regular phone call. In a multi-user setting, some-  
one else may have quickly sent a fax without your knowing it.)  
Dial the number you want. You may use either the numeric keypad, a one-  
touch key or a speed-dial number.  
2
Note: Remember, your fax machines monitor speaker is not a speakerphone. Be  
Hold  
sure to pick up the handset if the other person answers!  
You can put a call on hold during a conversation by pressing HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS.  
Note: You can also dial a fax call this way if, for some reason, you want to hear  
the other machines answering fax tones. (Make sure theres a document in  
the feeder.) When you do hear those tones, press START to send the docu-  
ment.  
The LCD will show:  
** On Hold **  
At this point, you can either hang up the handset or leave it off the hook. To return  
to your conversation:  
Changing the dialing type  
If your fax machine is on a pulse (not tone-dialing) line, switch from pulse dialing to  
tone (DTMF) dialing. Use the # (pound) key on the numeric keypad (the LCD will show)  
after the actual phone number but before any characters (such as a long-distance  
carriers access code) which must be in DTMF tone.  
If you hung up the handset, pick it up.  
If you didnt hang up the handset, press HOLD/DIALING OP TIONS again.  
You can EasyDial regular phone calls, too  
J ust in case you didnt notice, the EasyDial directory dialing feature is available for  
regular phone calls as well as fax calls. Review the EasyDial instructions on page 2.14  
for more information.  
Note: Do not use on a tone line.  
Note: When you hang up the handset, your machine will return to pulse” dialing  
for the next call.  
Dialing in the event of a power failure  
Your fax machine can receive a telephone call using your handset even in the event  
of a power failure, but it cannot send or receive a fax document.  
2.15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Broadcasting  
Or to save time, you can dial many numbers at once by using the machines  
Programmable keys. For more information, see Programming a broadcast / Group”  
on page 2.35.  
The basics of broadcasting  
The fastest way to fax one document to many recipients is by broadcasting and  
your fax machine has very powerful broadcasting capabilities. You ca n u se br oa d -  
ca stin g fr om a n y fu n ction r equ ir in g th e en tr y of a fa x n u m ber ! That means  
you can perform delayed broadcasting (see pages 2.19–2.20), polling broadcasting  
(see pages 2.23–2.24) and even broadcasting to hub” units for relay broadcast initi-  
ation (see pages 2.17–2.18).  
Delayed broadcasting  
What if you want the broadcast to happen later? Thats the purpose of setting up a  
delayed broadcast.  
In an ordinary broadcast, you send the fax as you normally would, except for one  
change: you just add more fax numbers! You can enter up to 150 numbers (20 nor-  
mally dialed numbers, plus 130 autodialer numbers).  
Note: The main discussion of delayed commands comes up in the Delayed trans-  
mission” section (pages 2.19–2.20). You may want to read that material  
before proceeding.  
Well assume youve become familiar with regular fax transmission, and well  
shorten the instructions a bit below.  
Follow steps 1–4 of The basics of broadcasting” (left column).  
1
2
3
Insert the document and make any necessary adjustments as usual.  
Press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
1
2
3
Press BROADCAST.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the day of the month and time when you  
want the fax to perform the broadcast. Here, weve set it to occur at 10:15 PM  
on the 30th.  
Enter the first fax number — a one-touch number, a speed-dial number or just  
a regular number dialed from the numeric keypad as usual.  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 30/22:15  
To add each successive fax number, press BROADCAST between each one to  
insert a comma, then enter the number as in step 3. You can specify up to 150  
numbers (see first paragraph, above) for a broadcast.  
4
When finished, press ENTER to save the setting.  
Now, press START. Your machine will return to its normal standby mode,  
while showing this on the LCD:  
4
Press Start  
C,S098,J,9-5551204  
** Reserved **  
Dec 29 1998 17:17  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot insert a comma after the last fax number.  
Note: If you enter characters by mistake, just press CANCEL to clear them  
This means your fax machine is reserved” for the delayed broadcast you  
just programmed, but it can still be used by others to send and receive faxes if  
your document is stored in memory.  
before proceeding.  
Press START. Your fax machine will scan the document into memory and then  
send it to each number youve entered.  
5
The main idea is: when its time to enter the fax number for your document, you  
enter multiple numbers until youve either reached 150 numbers or finished dialing  
all the numbers you want to dial for this document.  
2.16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Setting up a relay broadcast initiation  
For you to perform relay broadcast initiation, three things must be true:  
Relay broadcasting and relay broadcast initiation  
Relay broadcasting is a powerful function that takes advantage of a remote Muratec  
The remote fax machine must be a Muratec fax machine with hub” capability.  
hub” fax machines memory to reduce your total communication costs.  
Note: If youre not sure whether the unit you want to transmit to is a true  
A “hub” fax machine is one to which you send a document, so the hub” can relay it to  
other machines which you dont actually call. The hub” performs a relay broadcast,  
and the machine which sends the original document to the hub” has performed a  
relay broadcast initiation. Your fax machine can only send to a “hub” unit (it cannot  
be a “hub” unit).  
hub” unit, please consult your authorized Muratec dealer.  
The call group(s) must exist on the remote fax machine.  
You must know each call groups two-digit identifier number.  
To set up a relay broadcast initiation:  
How it works  
Insert the document and make any necessary adjustments as usual.  
1
2
Lets say youre in Los Angeles and need to fax the same document to four locations  
in the Chicago area. You could send four normal fax transmissions, but that would  
be four long-distance calls. But with relay broadcast initiation, you send the docu-  
ment once to your Chicago offices “hub” fax, which then sends it on to each of the  
four locations.  
Press COM-OP TIONS two times and then press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
Relay Tx  
Group No.  
_
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit identifier of each applicable call  
group in the remote hub” fax machine youll be calling. You may specify up to  
10 groups for each relay broadcast initiation. Do n ot pr ess START.  
To add each group after the first one, press COM-OP TIONS to add a comma.  
Below, weve entered 2, COM-OP TIONS, 4.  
3
Relay transmission from Hub” to destinations at lower rates  
Final destination 1  
Chicago  
Relay Tx  
Group No.  
Final destination 3  
2,4_  
Hub”  
Final destination 2  
Final destination 4  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot insert a comma after the last group number.  
Note: If you enter characters by mistake, just press CANCEL to clear them  
Los  
Angeles  
before proceeding.  
Press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
4
Original sender  
Enter Fax Number  
_
Enter the fax number for the remote hub” unit. You may either press a one-  
touch key, enter a speed-dial number or just use the numeric keypad as  
usual. Do n ot pr ess START.  
5
6
Now, lets be a little more specific about what happens when you perform relay  
broadcast initiation:  
What you do now depends upon when you wish to begin initiating the  
relay broadcast.  
You use your fax machine to send a document to at least one call group in a  
remote hub” machines autodialer. This can occur either immediately or as a  
delayed command (see pages 2.19–2.20).  
If you want it to begin now, skip to step 8.  
If you want to delay it, press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
The remote hub” unit receives your document and stores it in memory.  
Note: For more information on delayed transmission, see pages 2.19–2.20.  
The remote machine retransmits — relays the document to each fax number  
in each call group you specified. This is the relay broadcast you initiated.  
2.17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the day of the month and time when you  
want to begin initiating the relay broadcast.  
7
Delayed  
Enter Time: 14/14:00  
When the entry is complete, press ENTER.  
Press START.  
8
If, in step 6, you chose an immediate relay broadcast initiation, your fax machine  
will begin dialing the remote hub” machine. However, if you requested a delayed  
command, the machine will display Reserved” on the LCDs top line. This means the  
command is in memory.  
2.18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Delayed transmission  
Take advantage of lower evening and weekend long-distance rates with delayed  
transmission. Your fax machine can store up to 50 delayed commands, each of  
which you can program up to 31 days in advance.  
When the date and time entry is set as you want, press ENTER to save the  
delayed transmission. The LCD shows:  
5
6
Enter Fax Number  
_
Im p or ta n t: If you program a full 50 delayed transmission commands, no further  
memory transmission is possible until the machine performs at least  
one of the delayed commands. (To review memory transmission, see  
pages 1.13–1.14.) However, you always can transmit from the feeder by  
using on-hook dialing or an optional handset (see page 1.15).  
Enter the fax number for the delayed transmission document. You may either  
press a one-touch key, enter a speed-dial number or just use the numeric key-  
pad to enter the fax number.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
Setting up a delayed transmission  
just one character in the number, press  
to move the cursor leftward,  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
Im p or ta n t: Your machine remembers only the day of the month, not the month  
itself, when its supposed to perform a delayed transmission. So for  
example, if you want your fax to do something at 5:05 PM on J u n e 26,  
dont make that setting sooner than 5:06 PM on Ma y 26.  
Press START. Your machine will return to its normal standby mode, while  
showing this on the LCD:  
7
To set up a delayed transmission:  
** Reserved **  
Dec 06 1998 17:17  
Insert the document and make any necessary adjustments as usual.  
1
2
Press COM-OP TIONS. The LCD will show:  
This means your fax machine is reserved” for the delayed transmission com-  
mand you just programmed.  
If you had set the machine for transmission from memory, it will scan the  
document into memory, after which you can use the machine normally.  
If you had set the machine for transmission from the feeder, the machine can  
receive faxes but cant transmit until your document has been saved.  
1.Delayed  
Com-Options/Enter  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows the current day of the month, followed by the  
current time (in 24-hour format, as youll recall):  
3
Im p or ta n t: If youve stored too much information in your machines memory, a  
Memory Overflow” message may appear on the LCD. This appears  
because 1) too many pages have been stored in the memory, or 2) the  
pages that are stored have too much information on them for your fax  
machine to remember.  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 06/17:16  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the day of the month and the time when you  
want the fax to perform the delayed transmission.  
4
If this message appears, press START to tell your fax to keep as many  
pages in memory as possible, or press CANCEL to delete from memory  
all pages stored during this operation (but not previous operations).  
Note: To move the cursor to a specific digit, press  
ward, or to move it rightward, to that digit.  
to move the cursor left-  
Here, weve set the transmission to occur on the 11th at 11:05 PM:  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 11/23:05  
2.19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Reviewing or cancelling delayed commands  
If youve stored a delayed command in your fax machine, it will hold it in memory  
until it either completes the command successfully or reaches its maximum number  
of redial attempts (see pages 1.15–1.16). Your machine can store up to 50 delayed  
commands. It identifies each by a two-digit command number ranging from 01 to 50.  
Printing a delayed command list  
Cant remember some details about a delayed transmission command you set up?  
Or has someone else in your office set up a delayed command, and now you have no  
idea why the machine is reserved” and how long itll stay that way?  
For situations like these, your machine can print a command list which tells you:  
The same procedure lets you display your machines stored commands and gives  
you a chance to cancel them, if necessary:  
The commands identification number  
The phone number, or remote location”  
Press REVIEW COMMANDS.  
The start time (which appears in the same DD,HH:MM format you saw in the pre-  
vious instructions for actually setting up a delayed transmission command)  
1
If you r m a ch in e is cu r r en tly h old in g n o d ela yed com m a n d s — It  
will beep briefly and display No Command” on the LCD and then return to  
its standby mode.  
A “note” telling if the command is a polling or relay broadcast initiation operation  
(see pages 2.23–2.24 for more on polling and 2.17–2.18 for more on relay broad-  
cast initiation).  
But if there are commands in your machines memory, the LCD will show:  
Any selected call groups for relay broadcast initiation  
C01:9-5552311  
Program/Cancel  
To print a delayed command list, press P ROGRAM, , 1, ENTER.  
F
Here, you see command 01, followed by the phone number it is set to dial. If  
the command is to perform a broadcast, Broadcast” will appear instead of  
the phone number. (See Broadcasting,” pages 2.16–2.18.)  
Printing a stored document  
Your fax machine can produce a printout of each document stored for delayed trans-  
mission. Youll need to know the documents command number, which you can  
confirm by either reviewing the commands (this page, left column) or printing a  
delayed command list (see above).  
Note: If your machine is attempting to perform a command now, it will  
appear on the display.  
To cancel this command, skip to step 3.  
To review a different command, proceed to step 2.  
Press P ROGRAM, , 2, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
F
1
If necessary, press P R OGR AM repeatedly to scroll through currently  
stored commands.  
2
3
Print Stored Doc.  
Command No.: _  
Note: You may stop this operation any time you want by pressing STOP  
.
If you want to cancel the currently shown command, press CANCEL. The LCD  
will show:  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the commands identification number, 01–50.  
For example, we could enter the following for the very first command, 01:  
2
C01:9-5552311  
Check Program/Cancel  
Print Stored Doc.  
Command No.: 01_  
To keep this command but to continue reviewing stored commands, press  
P ROGRAM.  
To keep this command and stop reviewing commands, press STOP to return  
your machine to standby mode.  
Press ENTER. Your fax machine will print a copy of the stored document.  
4
3
To go ahead with cancelling the command, press CANCEL again . Go back to  
step 2 to view other delayed commands.  
2.20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Special features  
Your fax machine has a number of special features to make your communications eas-  
ier. Well cover them here.  
Toggling the cover page  
Press P ROGRAM, H, 1, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
1
Cover Page:  
Off  
Cover page  
Program/Enter  
For your convenience, your fax machine can store a cover page to send at the begin-  
ning of each outgoing fax. This page includes the current date and time, your  
Location ID and your fax number (as stored in the TTI) and a message of up to 40  
characters in length. The information appears in a box similar to this:  
To tell the fax machine it should send a cover page before each document you  
transmit, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your desired choice appears.  
2
Cover Page:  
On  
Program/Enter  
Note: If you want to abort the operation so the cover page feature wont  
work, press P ROGRAM again (so that Off” appears) and press STOP  
.
Fax Message From:  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
3
Dec 19 1998 14:00  
Now the cover page feature is working but your message line (shown in the exam-  
ple, left, as We appreciate your business. Thank you!”) is blank. To enter that  
message, see Entering the cover page message,” next page.  
Name:  
And Sew It Goes Co.  
972-555-2009  
Fax Number:  
We appreciate your business. Thank you!  
Note: If you send to another plain-paper fax machine, that machine will print this  
cover page as a full-sized page with the information box at the top, followed  
by the actual document youre faxing.  
How large a bottom margin will result when a thermal-paper fax machine  
prints the cover page varies from one model to the next. The only way to tell  
for sure is to send a transmission — with the cover page feature activated  
(see right column) — to the specific thermal-paper machine in question and  
see what happens.  
2.21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Entering the cover page message  
Managing your fax with its journal and reports  
Press P ROGRAM, H, 2, ENTER.  
1
2
Setting the activity journal  
J ust as a checkbook records your daily financial transactions, your fax machine  
keeps an activity journal which records the machines 50 most recent fax transac-  
tions. The activity journal lists the following information for each fax transaction:  
Now, use the one-touch keypad to enter a message for the cover page. The  
message can be up to 40 characters in length. You enter the message the  
same way you entered your fax name during EasyStart. Well review the  
process here. (If youre changing a previously entered message, see the note  
at the end of this step.)  
Assigned number, starting anew each day at 1  
Remote location called  
Im p or ta n t: As in EasyStart, you enter letters and other non-numeric char-  
Resolution mode  
acters through the one-touch keys.  
Starting date and time  
Cover Page :Upper  
_
Duration, in minutes and seconds  
Length, in number of pages  
The word Upper” means the machine is currently set for entering only  
upper-case letters. If you press R, the machine will see it as an  
Result of the call — If preceded by an asterisk (*), this signifies an ECM communi-  
cation (see page 2.5)  
R
(not an r).  
To change it so that pressing a one-touch key will produce a lower-case letter  
Any special operations For example, a fax call made using an optional handset  
rather than an upper-case letter, press U2/a bc. The display will change to:  
will appear as Manual”  
If you wish, your fax machine will print the activity journal automatically after  
50 transactions. To toggle this automatic printing on or off:  
Cover Page :Lower  
_
Press P ROGRAM, G, 1, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
1
This means pressing one-touch keys will enter lower-case letters: pressing  
will produce an r (not an R) on the display.  
R
Auto Print:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
To switch back for upper-case entries, press U1/ABC.  
If this setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
To enter spaces, punctuation and symbols, press U3/SYMBOL. This lets you  
enter the blue characters shown on the one-touch keypad.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your desired choice  
appears. Here, weve chosen On.  
To use the CODE function to enter a wide variety of characters, please review  
the explanation on page 2.3. Most of the time, you will probably find the ABC,  
a bc and SYMBOL keys to be sufficient.  
2
3
Auto Print:  
On  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
Program/Enter  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the message, press  
to move the cursor leftward,  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the message is just as you want it.  
Printing an activity journal manually  
When the message is as you want it, press ENTER to save it.  
3
To see an activity journal immediately without waiting, just print the journal man-  
ually at any time by pressing P ROGRAM, G, 2, ENTER.  
Printing the cover page  
To confirm that the cover page is as you want, its easy to print a sample cover page  
from your fax machine. Press P ROGRAM, H, 3, ENTER.  
2.22  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
To turn on (or off) the TCR feature for only the next fax transmission, press REP ORT.  
Setting the reports: TCRs  
You can set your fax machine to print a transmit confirmation report (TCR). You can  
receive a TCR after sending a fax to any Group 3 fax machine.  
What happens when pressing this key will vary depending upon the setting you  
specified previously:  
If the setting is on (the light next to the key glows), the fax machine disables the  
printing of the TCR (the light doesnt glow).  
The TCR gives you the following information for each communication:  
Remote location called  
Resolution mode  
If the setting is off (the light doesnt glow), the fax machine activates automatic  
printing of a TCR (the light glows).  
Starting date and time  
Duration, in minutes and seconds  
Length, in number of pages  
Result of the call  
If youre scanning or transmitting a document and you want to turn on (or off) the  
TCR feature for this fax transmission only:  
If you specified transmission from memory, press REP ORT while the fax scans  
your document into memory.  
Any special operations For example, a fax call made using an optional handset  
will appear as Manual”  
If you specified transmission from the feeder, press REP ORT while the fax  
machine communicates with the other fax machine.  
Sample of the document — An image of the first page of the document  
after your current transmission, your machine will return to the setting you speci-  
fied previously (step 2, left column).  
If an error occurs, the TCR tells you the remote location called and the error code and  
error message (see pages 3.8–3.10).  
To set the printing for a TCR:  
Polling  
Press P ROGRAM, G, 3, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
1
Polling allows someone to fax a document to you without the other person having to  
TCR:  
Off  
make (and pay for) the call. Your machine can perform:  
Program/Enter  
Regular polling — Retrieves a document from the remote fax machine.  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
F-Code polling — Retrieves a document stored as a file in the remote F-Code com-  
patible fax. This is possible in communications with Muratec fax machines, as well  
as other manufacturers’ F-Code compatible fax machines.  
To toggle the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your desired choice  
appears. Here, weve chosen On.  
2
3
For more information on the F-Code polling feature, see F-Code communication”  
(pages 2.28-2.33).  
TCR:  
On  
Program/Enter  
Regular polling  
To perform regular polling of a document from any remote fax machine:  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Make sure that the document is actually sitting in the remote fax machine.  
1
Press COM-OP TIONS three times and then press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
2
Enter Fax Number  
_
Enter the remote fax machines number by either pressing a one-touch key,  
entering a speed-dial number or just dialing the number normally by using  
the numeric keypad.  
3
2.23  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Erasing a stored polling document  
To erase a document youve stored for regular polling from your machines memory,  
press P ROGRAM, D, 2, ENTER.  
To perform the regular polling now, skip to step 8.  
To perform delayed regular polling, proceed to step 5.  
4
5
Press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 15/17:05  
Printing a stored polling document  
To print, without erasing, a document youve stored for regular polling,  
press P ROGRAM, D, 3, ENTER.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the date and time when your machine  
should perform the delayed regular polling.  
6
Limiting polling access to your fax machine  
Your machines closed network setting (see page 2.49) works for polling, as well. If a  
calling fax doesnt “present” the proper passcode, it cannot poll from your fax.  
Press ENTER.  
7
8
Press START.  
Note: However, if youre using the Block J unk Fax feature (see pages 2.49–2.50),  
even incoming calls which meet the passcode test must come from appropri-  
ate phone numbers.  
When it performs the polling command, your machine will dial the number and,  
upon making contact with the other machine, begin receiving the document as if the  
other machine had placed the call.  
The other side of the coin: being polled  
Not only can you poll, you can also be polled. To set up a document for regular  
polling:  
OneLine + distinctive ring detection  
It used to be that, to have two phone numbers, you had to have two phone lines,  
along with the expensive phone equipment that goes with it. But many phone com-  
panies now offer their customers a special service which makes it possible for one  
phone line to do the work of two.  
If your fax machine is set for Tel Ready reception, press AUTO ANSWER to  
change it to the Auto Answer mode, causing the Auto Answer light to glow.  
1
With this service, you physically still have one phone line, but electronically, you  
have two phone numbers. Your phone recognizes these different numbers and rings  
differently for each one.  
Im p or ta n t: Your machine ca n t be polled if its in Tel Ready mode.  
Insert the document.  
2
3
For example, this makes it easy for you to have both a business number and a home  
number on one phone line, so you can answer one with J ane Doe Consulting,” and  
the other with Hello.” You get the idea. This works because you can tell the differ-  
ence between the distinctive patterns of the two rings.  
Adjust the resolution and contrast if necessary. (Your fax machine will be  
transmitting to the machine doing the polling.)  
Press P ROGRAM, D, 1, ENTER.  
Your fax will scan the document into memory and return to standby mode.  
4
Your fax machine, too, is smart enough to tell the difference between two different  
numbers that is ringing it. All you have to do is give it a little help at the beginning  
and begin to enjoy the benefits of its OneLine + distinctive ring detection (DRD) fea-  
ture.  
Note: If you want to return to the Tel Ready” mode after the remote machine has  
polled your document, press AUTO ANSWER. This will cause the Auto Answer  
light on the control panel to turn off.  
Bu t d o th is on ly a fter you a r e su r e th e r em ote m a ch in e h a s p olled  
you r d ocu m en t.  
In order to use OneLine + DRD, your phone company must set up your distinctive  
ring service. When it does, it will assign a ring pattern, expressed in time. For  
example, the standard telephone ring is 2 seconds on(ringing) and 4 seconds off”  
(silent), after which it repeats itself (hence the term, ring pattern).  
2.24  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Some telephone companies provide only a very general description — for example,  
short-short-long” — of their DRD ring patterns. Fortunately, though, your fax has  
eight possible distinctive ring patterns for use with OneLine + DRD. One of them  
should work with your phone companys DRD service. This chart lists the patterns:  
If A” is the pattern you want, skip to step 7.  
If not, proceed to step 6.  
5
6
Press P ROGRAM repeatedly until your desired pattern appears (in our exam-  
ple here, C”):  
P a tter n  
On e com p lete r in g p a tter n (secon d s)  
Ring Pattern:  
C
Program/Enter  
0.8 on, 0.4 off, 0.8 on, 4.0 off  
A
0.4 on, 0.2 off, 0.4 on, 0.2 off, 0.8 on, 4.0 off  
0.3 on, 0.2 off, 1.0 on, 0.2 off, 0.3 on, 4.0 off  
1.0 on, 0.5 off, 1.0 on, 3.5 off  
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
Press ENTER to set your machine to the displayed ring pattern.  
7
Im p or ta n t: If your telephone company gives you only very general ring pattern  
specifications, or if you otherwise encounter a problem while trying to  
use your machines DRD feature, p lea se tr y ALL of th e listed r in g  
p a tter n s. (If you still have a problem after trying a ll of the patterns,  
please call the Muratec Customer Support Center (from the United  
States, call 972 364-3350; for the number to call from Canada, check  
your documentation found inside your fax machines box).  
0.5 on, 0.5 off, 0.5 on, 0.5 off, 1.0 on, 3.0 off  
0.5 on, 0.5 off, 1.0 on, 0.5 off, 0.5 on, 3.0 off  
0.4 on, 0.6 off, 0.4 on, 4.6 off  
1.5 on, 0.5 off, 0.5 on, 3.5 off  
Im p or ta n t: With your machine set for using DRD, it wont respond to any ring pat-  
tern other than the one youve selected, above. To reset the fax so it  
will respond once again to normal rings, repeat steps 2–4, above —  
except, in step 3, toggle it to Off.” Your fax now will respond nor-  
mally.  
2.0 on, 4.0 off, 2.0 on, 4.0 off  
For example: pattern  
C
is 0.3 seconds ringing, 0.2 seconds silent, 1 second ringing,  
0.2 seconds silent, 0.3 seconds ringing and 4 seconds silent; then it goes back to the  
first 0.3-second ring and starts over.  
To use DRD on your fax machine:  
Contact your phone company and confirm that the phone company has set up  
DRD service for you. If possible, also find out which distinctive ring pattern the  
phone company has assigned you.  
Call request  
1
Wondering why your monitor speakers activation key is called MONITOR/CALL?  
Now, well explain the CALL part of the name. It may be hard to believe, but you  
actually can send or receive a fax message and have a regular phone conversation  
on the same call (although not at the same time). This is called a call request. It  
doesnt matter whether youre sending the fax or receiving it. You may fax first and  
then talk, or talk first and then fax.  
Press P ROGRAM,  
J
, 1, 8, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
2
DRD:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
If you see the setting you wish, skip to step 4.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 3.  
Im p or ta n t: For this feature to work, the remote fax machine must have a similar  
call-request capability. Your machine must also have an optional  
handset attached.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your desired choice  
3
4
appears. Here, weve chosen On.  
Faxing/receiving first, then talking  
To send or receive a fax first and then talk:  
DRD:  
On  
Program/Enter  
While your fax machine is sending or receiving the fax, press MONITOR/CALL.  
1
2
Press ENTER.  
At the remote fax machine, the ringer will ring after that machine receives  
each page.  
Ring Pattern:  
A
Program/Enter  
2.25  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
If someone answers at the remote fax machine, your fax machine will ring  
Caller-ID  
3
several times. If so, pick up the optional handset. In a few seconds, the line  
will open and you can begin your conversation.  
Caller-ID is your local telephone companys service that allows you to see a display  
of the callers phone (or fax) number or name before either your fax machine auto-  
matically receives the call or you pick up the optional handset.  
Talking first, then sending a fax  
To talk first and then send a fax:  
If you order caller-ID service from your local telephone company, the following infor-  
mation will show on the LCD while your machine is ringing:  
The first 16 characters of the callers phone number or name on the LCD  
If both the callers phone number and name are received, only the name will  
appear on the LCD.  
. . . or . . .  
When your phone conversation is finished, dont hang up.  
1
2
3
4
Insert the document you want to fax.  
Adjust the resolution and contrast if necessary.  
Private,” meaning that the caller intentionally blocked the transmission of  
his/her ID.  
. . . or . . .  
Tell the person at the other fax machine to press START and to hang up  
his/her handset. Dont hang up you r handset yet!  
Out of area,” meaning that the call came from outside your caller-ID service  
area.  
When you hear fax tones, press START and hang up your fax machines  
optional handset. Your fax machine will send the document.  
5
Note: Your fax machine cannot receive the caller-ID in the following cases:  
While either the fax machine is communicating or you are making a tele-  
phone call.  
Talking first, then receiving a fax  
To talk first and then receive a fax:  
The number of rings (see page 2.5) is set to one ring.  
Please set the number of rings to two or more rings to receive the caller-  
ID.  
When your phone conversation is finished, dont hang up.  
1
2
Tell the person at the other fax machine to press START and to hang up  
his/her handset. Dont hang up your handset yet!  
The line condition is poor.  
Note: For more information about caller-ID service, please contact your local tele-  
When you hear fax tones, press START and hang up your machines optional  
handset. Your machine will receive and print out the document.  
phone company.  
3
Caller -ID directory dialing  
Responding to a call request  
If someone requests a call from you during a fax communication, youll hear a long  
In its memory, your fax machine keeps the 10 most recent incoming caller-IDs.  
When the 11th call is received, the oldest caller-ID will be erased automatically.  
ring after the receiving machine has received each page. To answer the call request:  
Note: To use the caller-ID directory, at least one caller-ID must be received.  
Lift your machines optional handset, and listen for a few seconds. You may  
hear a brief series of fax tones.  
If you want to use caller-ID directory to make a regular phone call, make sure  
there is no document in the feeder and then skip to step 4.  
If you want to use caller-ID directory to send a fax, insert the document.  
1
1
Shortly, the line will open and the person at the other end of the line will  
answer. You and the other person now can have a normal phone conversa-  
tion.  
2
Adjust the resolution and contrast if necessary.  
2
3
If you want to toggle between transmission from memory and transmission  
from the feeder, press MEMORY TRANSMIT.  
2.26  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Press SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX twice. The LCD shows the latest caller-IDs.  
4
5
Note: If your machine is currently holding no caller-IDs, it will show the  
EasyDial directory (see page 2.14) on the LCD.  
Scroll through the listings to find the one you want. You do this by pressing  
SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX.  
Note: Do not press 2, 4, 6 or 8 on the numeric keypad. If you press 2, 4, 6 or  
8, the fax machine will change to the EasyDial directory.  
When the LCD is showing the caller-ID you want to dial, press START.  
6
If there is a document in the feeder, your machine will dial a fax call to the  
selected number.  
If there isnt a document in the feeder, your machine will activate the mon-  
itor speaker and dial a regular phone call. (Remember that, to make a  
regular phone call from your machine, you must have an optional handset  
attached.) At this point, you may either:  
— Lift the handset now  
or  
— Listen to the monitor speaker until you hear the other person answer,  
and then lift the handset to begin your conversation.  
Printing the caller-ID List  
You can print a list of the caller-IDs for the 10 most recent receptions.  
The list includes the callers name (if any), phone number and reception time.  
To print the caller-ID list, press P ROGRAM, , 2, 1, ENTER.  
J
2.27  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
F-Code communication  
To create or modify an F-Code box:  
F-Code: an introduction  
Keep pen and paper with you as you follow this procedure. As you decide on a  
sub-address and enter it (and, if applicable, a password or I.D. code), write it  
down. Remember to write down which box goes with which sub-address (and  
passcode, if applicable). When youve completed this procedure, keep the  
printed record in a safe place.  
The ITU-T, part of the United Nations agency that maintains international telecom-  
munications standards (see the Glossary that begins on page 3.17), has now created  
a fax industry standard for using sub-addressing and password-based communica-  
tions with not only other Muratec fax machines but also other manufacturers’  
machines. One name for this standard is F-Code, and that is what well call it in  
these instructions and on your machines display.  
1
Press P ROGRAM, E, 1, ENTER. Depending on whether you already have a name  
entered for F-Code box 01, the LCD shows:  
2
3
How sub-addressing works: think of a mailroom  
Select F-Code Box  
01:No Number Stored  
Select F-Code Box  
or  
If you are new to the concept of sub-addressing, think about how someone receives  
mail addressed to a department within that persons company. For example, mail  
for Accounting gets to the mailroom for the entire company. The Mail Department  
then routes the mail to Accounting.  
01:NY Branch Office  
If this is the F-Code box you want to set, skip to step 4. (However, our sample  
displays from this point forward will refer to F-Code box 03, rather than F-  
Code box 01.)  
Thats the idea behind sub-addressing. Once your fax and another F-Code-compati-  
ble fax begin their communication, they exchange special F-Code signals to indicate  
just where the fax really should go. Its as if the sending fax were saying, Take this  
one and deliver it to room 48” and the receiving fax were replying, 48? OK, will do.”  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit number (01-10) of the F-Code  
box you want to create or modify. Here, weve entered 0, 3 and see either:  
Select F-Code Box  
03:No Number Stored  
Select F-Code Box  
03:Muratec America  
For greater security, you can set up an ITU-T-compatible sub-address and password  
with F-Code, which lets you use secure transmission and polling in communication  
or  
with any other fax machine, so long as it, too, uses the F-Code standard from ITU-T  
.
If you change your mind and want to select a different F-Code box, just use  
the numeric keypad to enter the correct two-digit F-Code box number before  
going on to step 5.  
4
5
To use ITU-T sub-addressing and password features, you must create F-Code boxes  
in your machine. Your machine can use up to 10 of these boxes. You can store up to  
30 documents (not pages) into each F-Code box.  
Press ENTER. Your next move depends on whether youre creating or modify-  
ing the F-Code box:  
If creating — skip to step 7.  
If modifying — the LCD asks you to enter the proper  
6. The LCD shows:  
Creating or modifying an F-Code box  
The first step to using the F-Code box is to create F-Code boxes in your fax machine.  
This procedure also lets you modify existing F-Code boxes.  
I.D. code. Proceed to step  
03:Set F-Code Box  
Enter I.D. Code:****  
Im por ta n t: To erase an F-Code box, see Erasing an empty F-Code box” (page  
2.30).  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the proper  
address and not the ITU-T password) and then press ENTER.  
I
.
D. code (not the ITU-T sub-  
6
Note: If you enter an invalid D. code, the fax machine will reject the  
I.  
attempt and abort this operation.  
2.28  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Press ENTER to save the boxs name and continue. The LCD shows:  
The machine now is prompting you for a name for this F-Code box. The LCD  
shows:  
7
8
9
03:Sub-Address No.  
_
03:Sub-Address No.  
123456_  
or  
03:Box Name:Upper  
_
03:Box Name:Upper  
Muratec America_  
or  
The fax machine now asks for this F-Code boxs sub-address. This is the  
essential ITU-T-standard, all-numerical identifier which you must enter in  
order to communicate with any remote F-Code compatible fax.  
If you do not want to enter or change this F-Code boxs name, skip to step 9.  
If you do want to enter or change this F-Code boxs name, proceed to step 8.  
An F-Code boxs name may be up to 16 characters in length. You enter the  
name the same way you entered your fax name during EasyStart. Well  
review the process here. (If youre changing a previously entered name, see  
the note at the end of this step.)  
If you do not wish to change an existing sub-address, skip to step 11.  
If you do wish to enter or change the sub-address, proceed to step 10.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the sub-address to identify this F-Code box.  
The sub-address can be up to 20 characters in length and include any combi-  
nation of numbers and the * and # characters (but no other non-numerical  
characters). (If youre changing a previously entered sub-address, see the note  
at the end of this step.)  
10  
Im p or ta n t: As in EasyStart, you enter letters and other non-numeric char-  
acters through the one-touch keys.  
03:Box Name:Upper  
_
03:Sub-Address No.  
654321_  
The word Upper” means the machine is currently set for entering only  
Note: The sub-address must be unique to this F-Code box. No other  
upper-case letters. If you press R, the machine will see it as an  
R
(not an r).  
F-Code box in this fax machine can have the same sub-address.  
To change it so that pressing a one-touch key will produce a lower-case letter  
rather than an upper-case letter, press U2/a bc. The display will change to:  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters in a previous set-  
ting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or if you want to change just  
03:Box Name:Lower  
_
one character in the number, press  
to move the cursor leftward, or  
to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to erase  
it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
This means pressing one-touch keys will enter lower-case letters. For exam-  
ple, pressing R, will produce an r (not an R) on the display.  
Press ENTER to save the sub-address.  
11  
12  
Note: If you entered a sub-address already being used by another F-Code  
To switch back for upper-case entries, press U1/ABC.  
box, the machine will beep and briefly display the following:  
To enter space, punctuation and symbols, press U3/SYMBOL. This lets you  
enter the blue characters shown on the one-touch keypad.  
03:Sub-Address No.  
Sub-Address In Use  
To use the CODE function to enter a wide variety of characters, please review  
the explanation on page 2.3. Most of the time, you will probably find the ABC,  
a bc and SYMBOL keys to be sufficient.  
The machine now returns you to step 10. Please enter a different  
number for your F-Code boxs sub-address.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
Next, the machine asks for your F-Code boxs password. This is the password  
for ITU-T-compatible F-Code fax transactions. The LCD shows:  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the name, press  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the name is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor leftward,  
03:Password  
_
03:Password  
123456789*#_  
or  
Note: You dont need to have a password for the F-Code box. However, using  
a password will make your F-Code communication much more secure.  
2.29  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
If you do not want to enter or change this boxs password, skip to step 14.  
The machine asks for your F-Code boxs four-digit security  
I.D. code. This is  
If you do want to enter or change this boxs password, proceed to step 13.  
the D. code for the boxs security, which you use to (1) print a document any  
I.  
remote F-Code-compatible fax sends to this F-Code box or (2) you enter before  
you can make any changes to this F-Code box.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter this boxs ITU-T-compatible password. This  
password can be up to 20 characters in length and include any combination of  
numbers and the * and # characters (but no other non-numerical characters).  
Here, weve entered 135*7#9.  
13  
If you do not want to change the  
I
.
D. code, skip to step 19.  
D. code, proceed to step 17.  
If you do want to enter or change the  
I
.
Decide on a four-digit D. code (0001-9999) for this F-Code box. Wr ite it  
d ow n , and put it in a safe place.  
I.  
03:Password  
135*7#9_  
17  
Im p or ta n t: After you proceed with step 18, you must know this code to  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase previously entered characters,  
print documents sent to this F-Code box.  
press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or if you want to change just one  
Im p or ta n t: Do not use 0000 as an  
I.D. code.  
character in the password, press  
to move the cursor leftward, or  
to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to erase it.  
Then re-enter until the password is just as you want it.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the four-digit .D. code for this F-Code box.  
I
18  
19  
Press ENTER to save the F-Code box information.  
Press ENTER to save the password. The machine asks for F-Code receiving  
document storage time. The LCD shows:  
14  
15  
To create or modify another F-Code box, repeat steps 3-19.  
To finish, press STOP  
F-Code Doc Hold Time  
Hold Time(0-31): 00  
.
If you do not want to set or change the storage time, skip to step 16.  
If you do want to set or change the storage time, proceed to step 15.  
Erasing an empty F-Code box  
You can erase an empty F-Code box (if a box has document received in it, you can-  
not erase it. See the first Important” note after step 4, on the next page).  
Use the numeric keypad to enter a two-digit number indicating how long, in  
number of days (00-31), you want your fax machine to keep received docu-  
ments in this F-Code box. Here, weve entered 09, for nine days:  
To erase an empty F-Code box:  
F-Code Doc Hold Time  
Hold Time(0-31) :09  
Press P ROGRAM, E, 4, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
1
Select F-Code Box  
Select F-Code Box  
01:Murata Machinery  
Note: Your fax machine can store incoming documents in F-Code boxes (up  
to 30 documents) as long as 31 days, after which it automatically  
erases the documents. However, if your machine has plenty of mem-  
ory, you may want to override the 31-day limit in order to keep the  
documents indefinitely (for you to delete manually when you choose).  
If so, enter 00. (You may wish to contact your authorized Muratec  
dealer regarding optional memory expansion.)  
or  
01:No Number Stored  
If this is the F-Code box you want to erase, skip to step 3. (However, our  
examples from here will refer to F-Code box 03 rather than F-Code box 01.)  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit identifier number (01-10) of  
the F-Code box you want to erase. Here, weve entered 0, 3 and see:  
2
3
Press ENTER to save the settings. The LCD now shows:  
Select F-Code Box  
03:Muratec America  
16  
03:Set F-Code Box  
Enter I.D. Code:0000  
If you change your mind and want to erase a different F-Code box, just go  
back to step 2 and finish it before going on to step 4.  
2.30  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Printing a list of your F-Code boxes  
You can easily print a list of your F-Code boxes. The list includes each boxs identi-  
fier number, the box name (if any), sub-address, password and document storage  
time.  
Press ENTER. If the F-Code box is empty, the LCD shows:  
4
03:Erase F-Code Box  
Enter I.D. Code:****  
Im p or ta n t: If you select an F-Code box which is not empty, the machine  
To print the list, press P ROGRAM, E, 2, ENTER.  
beeps and, before returning to step 3, briefly displays:  
Select F-Code Box  
Box In Use  
Printing a document you receive  
When your fax machine receives a document via ITU-T sub-addressing from another  
fax machine, your machine will print a message alerting the person for whom the  
document is intended. Then the person has a certain number of days (see page 2.30)  
in which to print out the message before your machine automatically erases it.  
Print any documents received in the F-Code box, then repeat  
this procedure from the beginning to erase the box.  
Otherwise, select another F-Code box.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the proper four-digit I.D. code.  
Here, weve entered 2345:  
5
6
Note: For this operation to work, two things must be true:  
You must know the F-Code boxs two-digit number.  
You must know the F-Code boxs four-digit D. code.  
03:Erased F-Code Box  
Enter I.D. Code:2345  
I
.
To print a received message:  
Press ENTER.  
If youve entered an incorrect  
attempt and abort this operation.  
If youve entered the correct D. code, the display will show:  
I.D. code, your fax machine will reject the  
Press P ROGRAM, E, 3, ENTER The LCD shows:  
1
Select F-Code Box  
01:Murata Machinery  
I
.
03:Erase F-Code Box  
Check Program/Enter  
If this box holds the document you want to print, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Note: If you want to quit without erasing the F-Code box youve selected,  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit number (01-10) of the F-Code  
box whose contents you wish to print. Weve entered 03:  
press P ROGRAM. The fax will return to step 2.  
2
3
Note: If you want to quit without erasing any F-Code box, press STOP  
.
Select F-Code Box  
03:Muratec America  
The machine will return to standby mode.  
Press ENTER to erase the F-Code box.  
7
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
03:Erase F-Code Box  
** Complete **  
03:Print F-Code Doc.  
Enter I.D. Code:****  
To erase another F-Code box, repeat steps 2-7.  
To finish, press STOP  
.
Note: If the F-Code box is holding no documents at this time, the machine  
will briefly display the following before returning to step 2:  
Select F-Code Doc.  
No Document Stored  
In step 2, be sure to select an F-Code box that is holding at least one  
document.  
2.31  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Use the numeric keypad to enter your F-Code boxs four-digit  
Here weve entered 2345:  
I
.
D. code.  
Press COM-OP TIONS four times and then press ENTER.  
4
5
4
5
Enter Sub-Address  
_
03:Print F-Code Doc.  
Enter I.D. Code:2345  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the appropriate sub-address in the remote  
machine. In this example, weve entered 123456.  
Press ENTER.  
If youve entered the correct  
ments in — and then erase them from — the F-Code box.  
I.D. code, your fax machine will print all docu-  
Enter Sub-Address  
123456_  
If youve entered an incorrect  
print the document.  
I.D. code, your fax machine will refuse to  
Note: If you make a mistake, press CANCEL to back up, then enter the cor-  
rect number.  
Press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
6
7
F-Code transmission and polling  
With F-Code, your machine can send secure transmissions to, and perform polling  
from Muratec fax machines as well as other manufacturers’ machines.  
You may accomplish such transmissions in either of two ways:  
Enter Password  
_
Note: If you know that this sub-address does not have a password, skip to  
step 8.  
Programmable one-touch key (see pages 2.34-2.41)  
Direct entry of the ITU-T sub-address and password, which is what we will now  
describe.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the appropriate password. In this example,  
weve entered 654321.  
Whether you are sending to or polling from another machine, you have to know the  
correct sub-address on the receiving machine, as well as the password if that sub-  
address has one.  
Enter Password  
654321_  
Note: If you make a mistake, press CANCEL to back up, then enter the cor-  
Note: For F-Code communication to work, three things must be true:  
rect number.  
The remote fax machine must support ITU-T sub-addressing (and pass-  
word) capabilities.  
Press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
8
A mailbox with an ITU-T sub-address must exist on the remote fax. (It  
doesnt need to have a password.)  
Enter Fax Number  
_
You must know the ITU-T sub-address and password (if any) information  
for the mailbox on the remote machine.  
Enter the fax number either by pressing a one-touch key, entering a speed-  
dial number or dialing from the numeric keypad. Do n ot press START.  
9
F-Code transmission  
What you do now depends upon when you wish the transmission to begin.  
10  
Insert the document.  
To have it begin now, skip to step 13.  
1
2
3
To delay it, proceed to step 11.  
Adjust the resolution and contrast if necessary.  
Press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
11  
If you want to toggle between transmission from the feeder and transmission  
from memory, press MEMORY TRANSMIT.  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 15/17:05  
2.32  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
What you do now depends upon when you want the polling to begin.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the day and time when the transmission  
should begin, then press ENTER.  
12  
13  
7
8
To have it begin now, skip to step 10.  
Press START.  
To delay it, proceed to step 8.  
Press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
If in step 10 you chose an immediate transmission, your fax machine will begin dial-  
ing. If you chose a delayed command, the machine will display Reserved” on the  
top line of the display, indicating that the machine has stored the command in  
memory and will perform it later.  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 15/17:05  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the day and time when the polling should  
begin, then press ENTER.  
9
F-Code polling  
Press START.  
Press COM-OP TIONS five times and then press ENTER.  
10  
1
Enter Sub-Address  
_
If in step 7 you chose an immediate polling, your fax machine will begin dialing. If  
you chose a delayed command, the machine will display Reserved” on the top line  
of the display, indicating that the machine has stored the command in memory and  
will perform it later.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the appropriate sub-address.  
In this example, weve entered 123456.  
2
Enter Sub-Address  
123456_  
Note: If you make a mistake, press CANCEL to back up, then enter the cor-  
rect number.  
Press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
3
Enter Password  
_
Note: If you know that this sub-address does not have a password, skip to  
step 5.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the appropriate password. In this example,  
weve entered 654321.  
4
Enter Password  
654321_  
Press ENTER. The LCD will show:  
5
Enter Fax Number  
_
Enter the fax number either by pressing a one-touch key, entering a speed-  
dial number or dialing from the numeric keypad. Do n ot press START.  
6
2.33  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Programmable one-touch keys  
Using the power of programmable one-touch keys  
Select the key in which you want to program a command or change a previ-  
2
ously stored command and then press it. Here, weve selected 3.  
P
The programmable one-touch keys 1–P 6 (fliptab b) simplify complex fax operations,  
P
letting you really tap into your machines power.  
Select Program No.  
P3:No Number Stored  
You can teach these keys the following multi-step operations for one-keypress con-  
venience (the pages shown contain instructions for the specific operations):  
If you change your mind and want to select a different programmable one-  
touch key, go back to step 2 before going on to step 4.  
Delayed transmission (pages 2.19–2.20)  
Broadcasting (page 2.16)  
3
4
Press ENTER. The LCD now shows either  
Relay broadcast initiation (pages 2.17–2.18)  
Regular polling (pages 2.23–2.24)  
F-Code transmission (pages 2.32–2.33)  
F-Code polling (page 2.33)  
P3:Fax Number  
_
P3:Fax Number  
9-5558743_  
or  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number exactly as your machine should  
dial it, including whatever codes your phone system may require. The num-  
ber can be up to 40 characters in length:  
5
The actions for setting up these operations is very similar for each one. For your  
convenience, well give you full instructions on setting each operation. First, though,  
well summarize by saying that each time you tell the machine four simple things:  
P3:Fax Number  
9-5550629_  
How — The key youre programming  
Wh o — The number(s) the machine should dial  
Wh a t — The operation it should perform  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Wh en — The date(s) and time(s) when you want it to perform the operation.  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot press ENTER.  
Programming a delayed transmission  
Note: To erase a programmable one-touch key, refer to page 2.41.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press  
to move the cursor leftward,  
To program a delayed transmission into a programmable one-touch key:  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
Press P ROGRAM, C, 1, ENTER. The LCD either shows:  
1
Now, while you still can see the fax number on the LCD, press COM-OP TIONS,  
Select Program No.  
P1:No Number Stored  
6
ENTER. The LCD shows:  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 11/20:30  
… or indicates a command is already programmed into this key.  
If  
P
1 is the key you want to program, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
from here will say P3” rather than P1.)  
2.34  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Select the key in which you want to program a command or change a previ-  
Theres a choice to make. Instruct your fax to carry out this delayed command  
in one of the following ways:  
7
2
ously stored command and then press it. Here, weve selected 4.  
P
Op tion 1:  
Perform the command once at a certain time on a certain day of  
the month. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM on the 30th.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter the date  
and time when the fax should perform the command:  
Select Program No.  
P4:No Number Stored  
If you change your mind and want to select a different programmable one-  
touch key, go back to step 2 before going on to step 4.  
3
4
Delayed  
Enter Time: 30/17:05  
Press ENTER. The LCD now shows either  
P4:Fax Number  
_
P4:Fax Number  
9-5558743_  
Op tion 2:  
Perform the command at a certain time each day you press the  
key. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM today.)  
or  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter 0, 0 (i. e.,  
00), and then the time when the fax could perform the command:  
Use the numeric keypad to enter up to 150 fax numbers — any combination  
of one-touch keys, speed-dial numbers and numbers you enter with only the  
numeric keypad.  
5
Delayed  
Enter Time: 00/17:05  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot press ENTER.  
Between each number, press BROADCAST to enter a comma.  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot insert a comma after the la st number.  
Press ENTER, ENTER.  
8
9
The LCD now displays the next programmable one-touch key.  
If you do not want to enter or change any other keys programming, press STOP  
to return your machine to its usual standby mode.  
To enter a speed-dial number, press SP EED DIAL/TEL INDEX and the numbers  
three-digit identifier.  
If you do want to enter or change this keys programming, go back to step 3.  
If you wish to enter or change another keys programming, go back to step 2.  
P4:Fax Number  
A,S006,9-5552400  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
Programming a broadcast / group  
Note: To erase a programmable one-touch key, refer to page 2.41.  
Programming a broadcast is very similar to programming a delayed transmission  
except that, rather than specifying just one phone number, you set up multiple  
numbers to which the transmission should go.  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press  
to move the cursor leftward,  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
To program a broadcast / group into a programmable one-touch key:  
Press P ROGRAM, C, 1, ENTER. The LCD either shows:  
If you want the broadcast to begin immediately every time you press this  
group key, press ENTER and skip to step 9.  
If you want to delay the broadcast (perhaps to take advantage of lower phone  
rates), press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
1
6
Select Program No.  
P1:No Number Stored  
… or indicates a command is already programmed into this key.  
If  
P
1 is the key you want to program, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
from here will say P4” rather than P1.)  
2.35  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Theres a choice to make. Instruct your fax to carry out this delayed command  
in one of the following ways:  
Press P ROGRAM, C, 1, ENTER. The LCD either shows:  
7
1
2
Select Program No.  
P1:No Number Stored  
Op tion 1: Perform the command once at a certain time on a certain day of  
the month. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM on the 30th.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter the date  
and time when the fax should perform the command:  
… or indicates a command already is programmed into this key.  
If 1 is the key you want to program, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
P
Delayed  
Enter Time: 30/17:05  
from here will say P5” rather than P1.)  
Select the key in which you want to program a command or change a previ-  
ously stored command and then press it. Here, weve selected 5.  
P
Op tion 2:  
Perform the command at a certain time each day you press the  
key. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM today.)  
Select Program No.  
P5:No Number Stored  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter 0, 0 (i. e.,  
00), and then the time when the fax could perform the command:  
If you change your mind and wish to select a different programmable one-  
touch key, go back to step 2 before going on to step 4.  
3
4
Delayed  
Enter Time: 00/17:05  
Press ENTER. The LCD now shows either  
Press ENTER, ENTER.  
8
9
P5:Fax Number  
_
P5:Fax Number  
9-5558743  
or  
The LCD now displays the next programmable one-touch key.  
If you do not want to enter or change any other keys programming, press STOP  
to return your machine to its usual standby mode.  
If you do want to enter or change this keys programming, go back to step 3.  
If you want to enter or change another keys programming, go back to step 2.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the hub” machines number exactly as your  
machine should dial it, including whatever codes your phone system may  
require. The number can be up to 40 characters in length:  
5
P5:Fax Number  
9-5550629  
Programming a relay broadcast initiation  
Note: To erase a programmable one-touch key, refer to page 2.41.  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Note: For this operation to work, three things must be true:  
The remote fax machine must be a Muratec fax machine with hub”  
capability.  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot press ENTER.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
The call group(s) you are faxing must exist on the remote machine.  
You must know the two-digit number for each call group youre faxing.  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor leftward,  
To program a relay broadcast initiation into a programmable one-touch key:  
Now, while you still can see the fax number on the LCD, press COM-OP TIONS  
two times and then press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
6
Relay Tx  
Group No.  
_
2.36  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Programming regular polling  
Note: To erase a programmable one-touch key, refer to page 2.41.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the two-digit identifier (01–32) for the first  
call group. You can specify up to 10 separate groups for each relay broadcast  
initiation. Between the entry of each new group, press COM-OP TIONS to insert  
a comma bu t do not insert a comma after the last group number.  
7
To program a regular polling operation into a programmable one-touch key:  
For example, here, weve entered 0, 4, COM-OP TIONS, 1, 1, GROUP DIAL, 2, 4:  
Press P ROGRAM, C, 1, ENTER. The LCD either shows:  
1
Relay Tx  
Group No.  
Select Program No.  
P1:No Number Stored  
1,24_  
Note: The LCD shows only four characters of the group numbers.  
Im p or ta n t: Again, d o n ot insert a comma after the last group number.  
When finished, press ENTER.  
… or indicates a command is already programmed into this key.  
If 1 is the key you want to program, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
P
from here will say P2” rather than P1.)  
If you want the transmission to begin immediately every time you press the  
key, press ENTER and skip to step 11.  
If you want to delay the transmission (perhaps to take advantage of lower  
phone rates), press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
8
9
Select the key in which you want to program a command or change a previ-  
2
ously stored command and then press it. Here, weve selected 2.  
P
Select Program No.  
P2:No Number Stored  
Theres a choice to make. Instruct your fax to carry out this delayed command  
in one of the following ways:  
If you change your mind and wish to select a different programmable one-  
touch key, go back to step 2 before going on to step 4.  
3
4
Op tion 1:  
Perform the command once at a certain time on a certain day of  
the month. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM on the 30th.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter the date  
and time when the fax should perform the command:  
Press ENTER. The LCD now shows either  
P2:Fax Number  
_
P2:Fax Number  
9-5557312_  
or  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 30/17:05  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number exactly as your machine should  
dial it, including whatever codes your phone system may require. The num-  
ber can be up to 40 characters in length:  
5
Op tion 2:  
Perform the command at a certain time each day you press the  
key. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM today.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter 0, 0 (i. e.,  
00), and then the time when the fax could perform the command:  
P2:Fax Number  
9-5550696  
Delayed  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
Enter Time: 00/17:05  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Press ENTER, ENTER.  
10  
11  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot press ENTER.  
The LCD now displays the next programmable one-touch key.  
If you do not want to enter or change any other keys programming, press STOP  
to return your machine to its usual standby mode.  
If you do want to enter or change this keys programming, go back to step 3.  
If you wish to enter or change another keys programming, go back to step 2.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
to move the cursor leftward,  
2.37  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
To program an F-Code transmission into a programmable one-touch key:  
Now, while you can still see the fax number on the LCD, press COM-OP TIONS  
three times and then press ENTER.  
6
7
Press P ROGRAM, C, 1, ENTER. The LCD either shows:  
1
If you want the polling to begin immediately every time you press the key,  
press ENTER and skip to step 10.  
If you want to delay the polling (perhaps to take advantage of lower phone  
rates), press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
Select Program No.  
P1:No Number Stored  
… or indicates a command is already programmed into this key.  
Theres a choice to make. Instruct your fax to carry out this delayed command  
in one of the following ways:  
If 1 is the key you want to program, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
from here will say P3” rather than P1.)  
P
8
Op tion 1:  
Perform the command once at a certain time on a certain day of  
the month. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM on the 30th.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter the date  
and time when the fax should perform the command:  
Select the key in which you want to program a command or change a previ-  
2
ously stored command and then press it. Here, weve selected 3.  
P
Select Program No.  
P3:No Number Stored  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 30/17:05  
If you change your mind and want to select a different programmable one-  
touch key, go back to step 2 before going on to step 4.  
3
4
Op tion 2:  
Perform the command at a certain time each day you press the  
key. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM today.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter 0, 0 (i. e.,  
00), and then the time when the fax could perform the command:  
Press ENTER. The LCD now shows either  
P3:Fax Number  
_
P3:Fax Number  
9-5552208_  
or  
Delayed  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number exactly as your machine should  
dial it, including whatever codes your phone system may require. The num-  
ber can be up to 40 characters in length:  
Enter Time: 00/17:05  
5
Press ENTER, ENTER.  
9
10  
P3:Fax Number  
9-5558422_  
The LCD now displays the next programmable one-touch key.  
If you do not want to enter or change any other keys programming, press STOP  
to return your machine to its usual standby mode.  
If you do want to enter or change this keys programming, go back to step 3.  
If you want to enter or change another keys programming, go back to step 2.  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot press ENTER.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
Programming a F-Code transmission  
Note: To erase a programmable one-touch key, refer to page 2.41.  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press  
to move the cursor leftward,  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
Note: For this operation to work, two things must be true:  
You must know how the remote fax is using each F-Code (ITU-T-standard  
sub-addressing/password) box to which youre transmitting — for exam-  
ple, as a security box (different makers may use slightly different terms,  
but the concepts are the same).  
Now, while you still can see the fax number on the LCD, press COM-OP TIONS  
four times and then press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
6
Enter Sub-Address  
_
You must know the remote faxs ITU-T sub-address and password number  
for each box to which you want to transmit.  
2.38  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the ITU-T sub-address for the box to which  
you want to send the document. Here, weve entered 123456:  
The LCD now displays the next programmable one-touch key.  
If you do not want to enter or change any other keys programming, press STOP  
to return your machine to its usual standby mode.  
If you do want to enter or change this keys programming, go back to step 3.  
If you want to enter or change another keys programming, go back to step 2.  
7
8
13  
Enter Sub-Address  
123456_  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
Enter Password  
_
Programming a F-Code polling  
Note: To erase a programmable one-touch key, refer to page 2.41.  
Note: If the password for the box is not entered, press ENTER and then skip  
Note: For this operation to work, three things must be true:  
to step 10.  
The document which youre polling must exist on the remote faxs F-Code  
(ITU-T-standard sub-addressing/password) box.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the appropriate ITU-T password for the box.  
9
Here, weve entered 654321:  
You must know the remote faxs ITU-T sub-address and password (if any)  
for each box you wish to poll.  
Enter Password  
654321_  
To program an F-Code polling into a programmable one-touch key:  
Press P ROGRAM, C, 1, ENTER. The LCD either shows:  
1
When finished, press ENTER.  
Select Program No.  
P1:No Number Stored  
If you want the transmission to begin immediately every time you press the  
key, press ENTER and skip to step 13.  
10  
11  
If you want to delay the transmission (to take advantage of lower phone  
rates, for example), press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
… or indicates a command is already programmed into this key.  
If 1 is the key you want to program, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
P
Theres a choice to make. Instruct your fax to carry out this delayed command  
in one of the following ways:  
from here will say P4” rather than P1.)  
Select the key in which you want to program a command or change a previ-  
2
Op tion 1:  
Perform the command once at a certain time on a certain day of  
the month. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM on the 30th.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter the date  
and time when the fax should perform the command:  
ously stored command and then press it. Here, weve selected 4.  
P
Select Program No.  
P4:No Number Stored  
Delayed  
If you change your mind and want to select a different programmable one-  
touch key, go back to step 2 before going on to step 4.  
Enter Time: 30/17:05  
3
4
Press ENTER. The LCD now shows either  
Op tion 2:  
Perform the command at a certain time each day you press the  
key. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM today.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter 0, 0 (i. e.,  
00), and then the time when the fax could perform the command:  
P4:Fax Number  
_
P4:Fax Number  
9-5552208_  
or  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 00/17:05  
Press ENTER, ENTER.  
12  
2.39  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the number exactly as your machine should  
dial it, including whatever codes your phone system may require. The num-  
ber can be up to 40 characters in length:  
If you want the transmission to begin immediately every time you press the  
key, press ENTER and skip to step 13.  
If you want to delay the transmission (perhaps to take advantage of lower  
phone rates), press COM-OP TIONS, ENTER.  
5
10  
11  
P4:Fax Number  
9-5558422_  
Theres a choice to make. Instruct your fax to carry out this delayed command  
in one of the following ways:  
Your display can show only 20 characters at a time. To view characters beyond  
Op tion 1:  
Perform the command once at a certain time on a certain day of  
the month. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM on the 30th.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter the date  
and time when the fax should perform the command:  
those 20 (such as with an international long-distance number), press  
scroll leftward or to scroll rightward.  
to  
Im p or ta n t: Do n ot press ENTER.  
Note: If you make a mistake or want to erase characters entered in a previ-  
Delayed  
Enter Time: 30/17:05  
ous setting, press CANCEL to erase leftward. Or, if you want to change  
just one character in the number, press  
to move the cursor leftward,  
or to move it rightward, to that character and press CANCEL to  
erase it. Then re-enter until the number is just as you want it.  
Op tion 2:  
Perform the command at a certain time each day you press the  
key. (For example, Do this at 5:05 PM today.)  
To select this option, use the numeric keypad to enter 0, 0 (i. e.,  
00), and then the time when the fax could perform the command:  
Now, while you can still see the fax number on the LCD, press COM-OP TIONS  
five times and then press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
6
7
8
Delayed  
Enter Time: 00/17:05  
Enter Sub-Address  
_
Press ENTER, ENTER.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the ITU-T sub-address for the box you want  
to poll. Here, weve entered 123456:  
12  
13  
The LCD now displays the next programmable one-touch key.  
If you do not want to enter or change any other keys programming, press STOP  
to return your machine to its usual standby mode.  
If you do want to enter or change this keys programming, go back to step 3.  
If you want to enter or change another keys programming, go back to step 2.  
Enter Sub-Address  
123456_  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
Enter Password  
_
Note: If the password for the box is not entered, press ENTER and then skip  
to step 10.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the appropriate ITU-T password for the box.  
Here, weve entered 654321:  
9
Enter Password  
654321_  
When finished, press ENTER.  
2.40  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Programmable one-touch fax dialing  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
4
5
To dial a fax call using a programmable one-touch number:  
Erase P One-Touch  
Check Program/Enter  
Insert the document.  
1
2
3
Im p or ta n t: If you want to quit without erasing the programmable one-  
touch key youve selected, press P ROGRAM. The fax will return  
to step 2.  
Adjust the resolution and contrast if necessary.  
Toggle between transmission from the feeder or from memory if necessary, by  
pressing MEMORY TRANSMIT.  
Press ENTER to erase the number.  
Press the programmable one-touch key in which youve stored the number.  
Erase P One-Touch  
** Complete **  
4
Your fax will perform the operation either now or at whatever time you set.  
Note: To review each available operations details, please review its appropriate  
To erase another programmable one-touch key, repeat steps 2–5. Or press STOP to  
return to standby mode.  
instructions. See page 2.34 for a list of where you may find each operation.  
If you programmed this key to delay its operation, the LCD will show:  
** Reserved **  
Printing a list of your programmable one-touch keys  
A4  
Memory 95%  
You fax machine can print a list of the commands youve stored in your programma-  
ble one-touch keys. The list includes each keys one-touch letter, the telephone  
number, when the command should start, which command youve selected and — if  
applicable — the selected call group(s) for the broadcast initiation youve stored in  
the key.  
If you programmed this key to perform the operation immediately after the key-  
press, the LCD will show the number:  
9-1-972-555-4335  
A4  
Normal  
To print the list, press P ROGRAM, C, 3, ENTER.  
Erasing a programmable one-touch key  
Press P ROGRAM, C, 2, ENTER. The LCD shows something like:  
1
Select Program No.  
P1:Delayed  
If 1 is the key you want to erase, skip to step 3. (However, our examples  
P
from here will say P3” rather than P1.)  
Press the programmable one-touch key you want to erase. Here, weve  
2
3
selected 3:  
P
Select Program No.  
P3:Polling  
If you change your mind and want to erase a different programmable one-  
touch key, just press that key before going on step 4.  
2.41  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
PC-FAX connectivity  
Thanks to its built-in PC-FAX feature, your fax machine isnt only a fax machine — it  
also can be an image scanner and printer for your computer.  
Making the PC-FAX connection  
To connect your fax machine and your computer, you need an extra RS-232C inter-  
face cable.  
Note: If there is no fax software (see Requirements for your computer, below)  
installed on your computer, this interface serves no function. So, you must  
have installed such software on your computer before you connect the RS-  
232C interface cable between your computer and your fax machine.  
RS-232C interface cable  
The RS-232C interface port on your fax has a DB-25 (standard 25-pin serial) female  
receptacle which accepts a male DB-25 cable plug. Your computers serial port may  
have either a DB-25 or DB-9 (9-pin) receptacle. Please consult the interfaces PIN  
assignment on the following table:  
Requirements for your computer  
To use your faxs PC-FAX feature with your computer, you must have properly  
installed fax software on the computer.  
Note: Please see your computers operating instructions about the serial interface  
port of your computer.  
We have tested this interface with the following software:  
TM  
PIN assignment  
BitWare Ver. 3.30  
TM  
P in No. Sign a l cod e Sign a l n a m e  
Con ten ts  
BitWare plus Ver. 4.0  
TM  
2
TXD  
Transmitted data Data signal sent from the computer to  
your fax.  
HydraFax Ver. 3.5 (34) [U.S. and Canada]  
TM  
LaserFax Ver. 3.5 [Except North America]  
3
4
5
RXD  
RTS  
CTS  
Received data  
Request to send  
Clear to send  
The data sent to computer by your fax.  
WinFaxPROTM Ver. 4 for Windows 3.1 and Ver. 7 for Windows 95  
Signal for request to send data.  
BitWare is a trademark of Cheyenne Software, Inc., a division of Computer Associates International, Inc.  
WinFax is a trademark of Symantec Corporation.  
Data Enable signal for data  
Windows and Windows 95 are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation.  
HydraFax is a trademark of Wordcraft International Ltd.  
transmission from the fax to computer.  
6
DSR  
DCE ready  
Always turned on  
signals that the  
modem is ready to send data.  
7
SG  
Signal ground  
DTE ready  
Ground for signal.  
An important note about compatibility  
While PC-FAX feature should work with most fax software, there may be  
some fax packages with which it may not work:  
20  
DTR  
Data Terminal Enable ready to  
communicate.  
Signal direction  
If you experience trouble, try the following (in this order):  
5 CTS  
5 CTS  
6 DSR  
7 SG  
5 CTS  
6 DSR  
7 SG  
5 SG  
Please confirm that you are following all instructions and following them  
in the correct order.  
6 DSR  
7 SG  
20 DTR  
6 DSR  
7 RTS  
8 CTS  
20 DTR  
20 DTR  
If you still have trouble, contact the manufacturer of your fax software.  
If the advice from your fax software manufacturer doesnt help, then the  
PC-FAX feature may not work with your computer setup.  
2.42  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
If necessary, press P ROGRAM to toggle the stop bit between 1 bit or 2 bit.  
Connecting the RS-232C interface cable  
4
When you see your desired setting, press ENTER.  
Make sure to turn off your fax machine and your computer before proceeding.  
1
Stop Bit:  
1 bit  
Program/Enter  
Attach the ferrite core to your RS-  
232C interface cable.  
2
If necessary, press P ROGRAM to toggle the data length between 7 bit or 8 bit.  
5
6
Data Length: 8 bit  
Program/Enter  
Connect one end of the RS-232C  
interface cable to the RS-232C  
interface port on your fax  
3
When you see your desired setting, press ENTER.  
machine.  
Connect the other end of the RS-  
232C interface cable to your  
computers RS-232C port.  
4
Using your faxs new PC connection  
Note: If you dont know where your computers RS-232C port is, check your  
computers operating instructions.  
Scanning from your fax to your computer  
You can store logos, signatures, line art or even photographs onto your computer by  
using the fax machine to scan to your computer.  
Entering the RS-232C settings  
Note: If you choose the wrong RS-232C parameters, your fax machine cannot com-  
municate with your computer. Consult your fax software for listings of the  
following information, if needed.  
Heres how to use the scanning feature:  
Make sure your fax is connected to your computer (see left column).  
1
2
Fax machine: Insert the document. Adjust resolution and contrast if neces-  
sary.  
Press P ROGRAM, L, 2, ENTER. The LCD shows the faxs RS-232C transmission  
speed (baud rate) in bps (bits per second):  
1
Computer: Instruct your fax software to receive.  
Baud Rate: Variable  
Program/Enter  
3
Note: If necessary, consult your fax softwares instructions.  
Fax machine: Press P ROGRAM, L, 1, ENTER.  
4
Note: This setting is just for the RS-232C port. It does not change the speed  
at which your machine sends faxes.  
PC-FAX Scan  
A4  
Memory 99%  
If necessary, press P ROGRAM to choose the appropriate baud rate for your  
2
computer and software.  
The settings are: Variable; or 600, 1200, 2400, 4800, 9600 or 19200 bps.  
When you see your desired setting, press ENTER.  
Your fax software will receive” the fax (including the TTI, if youve set one)  
onto your computer.  
To cancel the scanning operation while its in progress, just press STOP . (To  
cancel the command after scanning the document, consult your softwares  
operating instructions.)  
Note: If using any of the Muratec-tested packages other than HydraFax or  
LaserFax, select the Variable setting.  
If necessary, press P ROGRAM to choose the data parity — None, Odd, or Even  
and press ENTER.  
3
Parity:  
None  
Program/Enter  
2.43  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Printing from your computer to your fax  
AT” commands  
With the RS-232C interface installed, you can now use your fax machine to print let-  
ters, reports, graphics and other business correspondence directly from your  
computer.  
Note: This is a list of standard AT” commands, which control your modem. For  
more information, please consult the instructions for your fax software.  
Com m a n d P a r a m eter Descr ip tion  
Defa u lt va lu e  
Heres how to use the printing feature:  
A
D
none  
Call answer  
0-9, *, # Dial number  
Make sure your fax is connected to your computer (see page 2.43).  
1
2
P
T
,
Pulse dial  
Computer: Use your application — for example, a word-processing program —  
to send the document to your fax software, just as if you were actually going  
to fax the document.  
Tone dial  
Pause  
E
0
1
0
1
0
1
Not echo command character  
Echo command character  
On Hook (Disconnect line)  
Off Hook (Connect line)  
Monitor speaker is always off  
E0  
Fax machine: Make sure that you have stored your subscriber ID (see page  
1.11) on your machine.  
3
H
M
Computer: When the fax software asks you to enter a fax number for sending  
the document, enter your subscriber ID.  
4
M1  
Monitor speaker is on until carrier is  
detected  
Computer: Instruct your fax software to transmit. The fax machine will begin  
to print.  
5
2
Monitor speaker is always on  
Set pulse dial mode  
Sending/receiving faxes with your computer  
P
none  
none  
0
T
V
Set tone dial mode  
You can also receive documents from another fax onto your computer, as well as  
transmit documents from your computer to other faxes. As with scanning, the exact  
procedure for sending/receiving will depend on how your computers particular fax  
software works.  
Short formed response code  
Long formed response code  
Reset modem  
V1  
1
Z
none  
none  
1
Note: Please consult your softwares operating instructions for more details.  
&F  
\ Q  
Initialize to factory setting  
XON/XOFF flow control  
\ Q2  
Still, here are the basics:  
2
RS/CS flow control  
Make sure your fax is connected to your computer (see page 2.43).  
+FCLASS?  
+FCLASS=?  
+FCLASS=n  
+FRH=n  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
none  
Indicate current service class  
Indicate service class capability  
Set service class  
1
2
Computer: If your fax software allows it, turn off Error Correction Mode  
(ECM).  
Receive HDLC frame (n=3:300bps)  
XON/XOFF flow control (n=1)  
RS/CS flow control (n=2)  
Computer: Instruct your fax software to send or receive. The fax machine will  
begin either transmitting or receiving.  
3
+FLO=n  
+FLO=2  
+FRM=n  
Facsimile receive message  
(14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400bps)  
+FRS=n  
+FTH=n  
+FTM=n  
none  
none  
none  
Detect silence for n × 10ms  
Transmit HDLC frame (n=3:300bps)  
Facsimile transmit message  
(14400/12000/9600/7200/4800/2400bps)  
+FTS=n  
none  
Wait for n × 10ms  
2.44  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Keeping things secure  
Your machine has a number of features to enhance the security of your fax commu-  
nications. These security features can help you keep your private fax documents  
private, avoid unwanted outside communication and even protect against unautho-  
rized use of your machine.  
Locking up tight  
Im p or ta n t: For this feature to work, you must have set the passcode, as described  
operation protection  
in the left column.  
Because this is a powerful machine you have here — and, besides, youre paying for  
its phone calls — you may not want just anybody to use it. Thats why weve pro-  
vided operation protection. When this feature is activated, only users who enter the  
correct passcode (see The key to it all: the password,” left column) can send faxes  
from the machine or change the machines settings.  
The key to it all  
the passcode  
Your machine has a protection passcode system which is central to the machines  
security capabilities. Normally, this four-digit passcode is set to 0000 (four zeroes).  
This turns off passcode operation. But, if you set the passcode to anything besides  
0000, this passcode provides access to a number of other security options, which  
well describe in the following pages.  
Activating operation protection  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 6, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
J
1
2
3
To set your machines passcode:  
Set Opr. Protect  
Enter Passcode :****  
Decide upon, and then write down the four-digit passcode (0001–9999) you  
want to use and put it in a safe place.  
1
Use the numeric keypad to enter the passcode. Here, weve entered 6296:  
Im p or ta n t: Do not use 0000. This turns off passcode protection.  
Set Opr. Protect  
Enter Passcode :6296  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 5, ENTER. The LCD will show:  
J
2
Protect Passcode  
Old Passcode :****  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
Opr.Protect:  
Off  
If you are creating the passcode, use the numeric keypad to enter 0000.  
If you are modifying an existing passcode, enter the existing passcode.  
3
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER.  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 6.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 5.  
4
5
4
5
Enter the desired four-digit passcode. Here, weve entered 6296:  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your desired setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen On.”  
Protect Passcode  
New Passcode :6296  
Opr.Protect:  
On  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to save the passcode.  
6
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Note: Any time you want to turn off the passcode, change the passcode back to  
6
0000 by repeating steps 2–6 and entering 0000 in step 5.  
2.45  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Using your fax machine during operation protection  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the passcode. Here, weve entered 6296:  
2
3
When you press any key on your machine, the LCD will show:  
Set Security Rx  
Enter Passcode :6296  
1
Operation Protected  
Enter Passcode :****  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows:  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the four-digit passcode (here, weve entered  
the passcode we set previously; see page 2.45).  
Security Rx:  
Off  
2
Program/Enter  
Operation Protected  
Enter Passcode :6296  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 6.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 5.  
4
5
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your desired setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen On.”  
When you enter correct passcode, the machine will let you go on to the next step in  
the fax operation.  
Note: If you start another operation while the first is still underway, the machine  
will require the passcode from you one more time before proceeding with  
your new request. However, the first operation will not be affected, even if  
you fail to enter the correct passcode for the second entry.  
Security Rx:  
On  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER. The LCD shows the machines current clock setting:  
6
Set Security Rx  
Enter Time:  
15:42  
Print it later, when its safe  
security reception  
If you want security reception to begin now (and at this same time every day),  
skip to step 9.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 8.  
Your fax machine has a security reception capability. This means that you can tell  
the machine to keep all received faxes in memory (but not print them) after a cer-  
tain time. Then, later, you instruct it to go ahead and print out the saved faxes.  
This is great if, for example, you are concerned about workers reading documents  
intended for your eyes only!  
7
8
Use the numeric keypad to enter the time (24-hour format) when security  
reception should begin every day. Type over” the numerals displayed. Here,  
weve entered 17:35 (5:35 PM):  
Im p or ta n t: For this feature to work, you must have preset the passcode (see page  
2.45) to something besides 0000; and you must know the passcode.  
Set Security Rx  
Enter Time:  
Note: In the following instructions, your machines LCD shortens the word  
17:35  
Transmission to Tx and the word Receive to Rx.  
To change a digit, press  
to move leftward, or  
to move rightward, to that  
Activating security reception  
digit. Then, enter the correct digit.  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
Press P ROGRAM, K, 1, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
9
1
Set Security Rx  
Enter Passcode :****  
Printing from (and turning off) security reception  
When security reception is active, an incoming fax goes directly into your machines  
memory (but is not printed), and the MEMORY RECEIVE light comes on.  
To retrieve the faxes received during this security reception (and to return your  
machine to normal reception until the next time):  
2.46  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Activating the PIN mask  
Press P ROGRAM, K, 2, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
1
2
3
Im p or ta n t: For this feature to work, you must have preset the passcode to  
something besides 0000. If necessary, review The key to it all —  
the passcode,” page 2.45.  
Print Mem Rx Doc.  
Enter Passcode :****  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the passcode. Here, weve entered 6296:  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 7, ENTER. The LCD shows:  
J
1
Print Mem Rx Doc.  
Enter Passcode :6296  
Set PIN Mode  
Enter Passcode :****  
Press ENTER.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the four-digit passcode. In our example  
here, weve entered 2099.  
2
If youve entered the correct passcode, your fax machine will print all docu-  
ments in its memory and then erase them. Then it will turn security  
reception back off until the next time your machine is set to secure receive.  
Set PIN Mode  
Enter Passcode :2099  
If youve entered an incorrect code, your fax machine will refuse to print,  
and security reception remains active.  
Note: If you enter an invalid passcode, the machines security feature will  
reject the attempt and abort the operation.  
Press ENTER.  
3
Masking the PIN  
To prevent unauthorized long-distance calls, some office telephone systems require  
you to enter not only the phone number but also a personal identification number  
(PIN) whenever you dial an outside number beginning with 1.  
PIN Mode:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 6.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 5.  
4
5
If thats true for you, youll probably want to keep that PIN confidential, so unautho-  
rized persons cant use it. Fortunately, your faxs PIN mask feature makes such  
confidentiality possible. With the PIN mask activated, you can dial a fax number  
plus a PIN, but the PIN will not appear in a journal, error message printout, delayed  
command list or even TCR, where an unauthorized user might see it. The PIN may be  
up to eight characters in length (it can include the * or # symbols, if necessary), and  
can be entered from the numeric keypad.  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM repeatedly until your desired setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen Mode1.”  
PIN Mode:  
Mode1  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER.  
Im p or ta n t: For this feature to work, the passcode (see page 2.45) must be some-  
6
thing besides 0000, and you must know the passcode.  
There are three possible settings for the PIN MASK feature:  
Autodialing while using the PIN mask  
Off — The feature isnt working. Any PIN you enter will appear on any display or  
printout which shows what you dial.  
Note: The following instructions presume you understand how to set and use your  
machines autodialer. If you need to review, see pages 2.8–2.13.  
Mode 1 Each remote fax unit has a departmental PIN access code.  
Note: If the PIN mask feature is off, you use the autodialer normally.  
Mode 2 Each fax user has a departmental PIN access code.  
If youve specified “Mode 1” — the PIN goes in  
Note: If you select Mode 1 and you will use a one-touch or speed-dial number, you  
must store the remote units PIN access code within that number. However,  
if you select Mode 2, this isnt necessary. (See Autodialing while using the  
PIN mask,” this page, right column for further details.)  
In Mode 1, before autodialing a number for the first time, you must add the PIN to  
its stored one-touch key or speed-dial number. Heres how:  
2.47  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Make a normal autodialer entry through the entry of the name.  
The LCD will show:  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the PIN.  
1
2
2
3
Enter PIN Number  
1057_  
Set PIN Number  
Enter Passcode :****  
Press START. Your machine will dial the number.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the four-digit passcode. Here, well use our  
sample passcode again.  
Dialing from the numeric keypad while using the PIN mask  
Note: If the PIN mask feature is off, you dial normally.  
If youve specified Mode 1 — use star” power  
Set PIN Number  
Enter Passcode :6296  
Press ENTER. In our example, were setting speed-dial number 001:  
3
4
Enter the phone number, then press the * (“star) key and enter the PIN.  
The PIN always goes last. For example, to dial 19725550911 with a PIN of  
123456, enter 19725550911*123456:  
1
001:PIN Number  
_
Press Start  
19725550911*123456  
Use the numeric keypad (including either * or #, if necessary) to enter the  
desired PIN, up to eight characters in length.  
001:PIN Number  
1057_  
Press START. The PIN disappears from the display, and your machine dials the  
desired phone number.  
2
If youve specified Mode 2 — the machine guides you  
Press ENTER to save the PIN.  
5
Note: If you press ENTER without entering the PIN, the fax machine beeps,  
indicates Invalid Number” on the LCD and then returns you to step 3.  
Now you may autodial the number as usual.  
Enter the phone number as usual.  
1
Press Start  
19725550911_  
Im p or ta n t: While in PIN Mode 1, every autodialer number you use must include  
the PIN. This also applies to autodialer numbers used with program-  
mable one-touch keys (see pages 2.34–2.41).  
Press START. The LCD now shows:  
2
Enter PIN Number  
_
If youve specified “Mode 2” — as you autodial, load the code  
In this mode, you dont have to add the PIN to the autodialer setting. Instead, you  
enter the PIN manually each time you autodial:  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the PIN.  
3
Perform the usual autodialing procedure for the number. Here, weve pushed  
Enter PIN Number  
123456_  
1
one-touch key A. The machine now asks for the PIN:  
Enter PIN Number  
_
Press START. Your machine will dial the number.  
4
2.48  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
Settings for use with a closed network  
For maximum communications security, use a closed network. This limits your  
machine to only communicating with other Muratec fax machines which can pre-  
sent” the proper passcode.  
Setting Block J unk Fax  
Your fax machines Block J unk Fax feature lets you bar the gates against unautho-  
rized incoming faxes (junk fax) … Bu t before you block junk fax, first please  
understand how this feature works, to determine whether its right for you. There  
are four possible settings:  
Im p or ta n t: The passcode you use for closed network operation (and limiting polling  
Off — The feature isnt activated.  
access; see page 2.24) is n ot the same as the protection passcode.  
Once your machine is set up this way, your machine will disconnect calls coming in  
from fax machines other Muratec fax machines.  
Mode 1 — Your fax machine checks whether the last four digits of any phone  
number in your autodialer matches the last four digits of the remote faxs sub-  
scriber ID (remember, thats the phone number part of the TTI). If it doesnt find a  
match, your machine disconnects the call.  
To set your fax machines closed network password:  
Decide on the four-digit closed network passcode (0001–9999) you want to use.  
Wr ite it down , and put it in a safe place.  
Mode 2 — This mode rejects any call from a number whose last eight digits  
match any number in the blocked numbers list (well explain). Your machine can  
hold up to 30 blocked numbers.  
1
Press P ROGRAM, , 0, 9, ENTER. The LCD shows the current code:  
J
2
Mode 3 — This rejects numbers that are not in the autodialer and also rejects  
numbers that are in the blocked numbers list. This lets you keep a number on  
your autodialer for transmission to it, while still blocking its incoming calls by  
putting it in the blocked numbers list.  
Set Passcode  
Passcode  
:0000  
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 4.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 3.  
So, before you activate the Block J unk Fax feature, please consider:  
Not all fax machine owners enter their phone numbers in their Subscriber IDs. —  
With this feature activated, your machine would reject faxes from such machines.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the desired four-digit closed network passcode.  
3
4
Set Passcode  
Passcode  
Access codes can cause confusion. — If an autodialer entry ends with extra codes,  
such as long-distance codes, Block J unk Fax will block out calls from those faxes  
(those other fax users wont put your codes at the end of their Subscriber IDs).  
:5627  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
If you decide to go ahead with activating Block J unk Fax, heres how:  
Note: To turn off the closed network passcode and return to normal fax reception,  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 1, ENTER. The LCD shows your faxs current setting:  
J
1
change the code to 0000 by repeating steps 1–4 and entering 0000 in step 3.  
Block Junk Fax:Off  
Program/Enter  
To set your fax machine to operate in a closed network:  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 0, ENTER. The LCD shows your faxs current setting:  
J
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
1
Closed Net.:  
Off  
Program/Enter  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen Mode2.  
2
3
If the setting you see is acceptable, skip to step 3.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 2.  
Block Junk Fax:Mode2  
Program/Enter  
To change the setting, press P ROGRAM once or twice until your chosen setting  
appears. In this example, weve chosen On.  
2
3
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
What you do next depends on what you selected in step 1 or 2:  
Closed Net.:  
On  
If you selected Off or Mode1, your machine will return to standby mode.  
If you selected either Mode2 or Mode3, proceed to step 4.  
Program/Enter  
Press ENTER to save the setting.  
2.49  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Beyond the basics  
The LCD now asks whether you want to enter a number:  
If you do want to print the list, press ENTER and your machine will print it.  
If you dont want to print it, press STOP and your machine will return to its  
normal standby mode.  
4
10  
Set BlockJunk Dial  
Program/Enter  
Clearing a number from the blocked numbers list  
To clear a number from the list:  
If you want to enter or modify a number, press ENTER and proceed to step 5.  
Otherwise, press P ROGRAM and skip to step 10.  
Depending on whether you have already entered at least one number into the  
blocked numbers list, the display shows one of the following:  
Press P ROGRAM, , 1, 1, ENTER.  
If your Block J unk Fax setting is either Mode2 or Mode3, skip to step 3.  
J
5
1
Enter Fax Number  
01:_  
Select BlockJunk No.  
01:555-2971  
Block Junk Fax:Off  
Program/Enter  
or  
If you have not entered any numbers in the blocked numbers list, skip to step 7.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 6.  
Press P ROGRAM until you see your preference, Mode2 or Mode3.  
2
3
Block Junk Fax:Mode2  
Program/Enter  
If you want to modify an existing entry in the blocked numbers list, press  
P ROGRAM repeatedly until you see the number you want to modify.  
… or …  
If you want to enter a new number in an already-started blocked numbers  
list, press P ROGRAM repeatedly until you find an empty position in the list (as  
in the first display in step 5).  
6
7
Press ENTER, ENTER. The display shows:  
Select BlockJunk No.  
01:555-2971  
Note: To clear a number from the list, see Clearing a number from the  
If this is the number you want to clear, skip to step 5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 4.  
blocked numbers list,” right column.  
Use the numeric keypad to enter the last eight characters of a fax number you  
want to block. For example, if you want to block a fax from someone with a  
Subscriber ID of 972-555-3038, you should enter 5, 5, 5, -, 3, 0, 3, 8:  
Press P ROGRAM repeatedly until you see the number you want to clear.  
4
5
Press CANCEL to clear the number.  
To clear another number from the blocked numbers list, repeat steps 4–5.  
Otherwise, proceed to step 6.  
Enter Fax Number  
01:555-3038  
Press STOP . The display now asks whether you want to print the blocked  
numbers list.  
6
To change only a specific digit of an entry, press  
to move rightward until the cursor is under the digit, then use the numeric  
keypad to enter the correct digit.  
to move leftward or  
Print BlockJunk Dial  
Enter/Stop  
Press ENTER to save the setting. The display will show the next slot” in the  
blocked numbers list.  
If you do not want to enter or change a number for this slot, proceed to step 9.  
If you do want to enter or change a number for this slot, repeat steps 5–8.  
8
9
If you do want to print the list, press ENTER and your machine will print it.  
Otherwise, press STOP to return your machine to its normal standby mode.  
Press STOP . The display now asks whether you want to print the list.  
Print BlockJunk Dial  
Enter/Stop  
2.50  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Now, heres how  
to care for  
your machine.  
Also, well suggest  
procedures to try  
in case of trouble.  
Finally, the Glossary  
will explain fax terms  
you may encounter.  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Whats inside this section  
Clearing paper jams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2  
Print quality problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4  
Figuring out communications problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6  
Caring for your fax machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11  
Common questions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13  
Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.17  
Were online to help you!  
Before you try calling for help, please first give the Muratec Information  
System a try.  
The Muratec Information System is available to you 24 hours a day, 7 days  
a week. You can use your fax machine to call this fax-on-demand” system  
and receive printouts of information, such as the most common questions  
asked about your machine. Often, this is the fastest way to find out the  
answer to any question you may have. And its a free call!  
To use the Muratec Information System:  
On your fax machine, obtain a dial tone by pressing MONITOR/CALL. (If  
youre in a noisy area and have an optional handset attached to your  
machine, you may want simply to lift the handset instead.)  
1
Call 1-800-215-1698.  
2
3
Follow the voice instructions youll receive from the system.  
3.1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Clearing paper jams  
We designed your fax machine to work reliably for years. However, you may occa-  
sionally experience one type of paper jam or another. Heres what to do.  
If a printout jams  
To clear a printout (either a received fax or a copy) jammed inside your fax  
machine:  
If an original document jams  
Open the scanner cover by hold-  
ing the scanner cover release.  
1
Open your fax machines printer  
cover by pressing the printer  
cover release button.  
1
Im p or ta n t: Hold the cover  
open. It wont stay  
open by itself.  
Gently pull the jammed printout up and out. The printout may be jammed  
either within the fax (left, below), or in the output tray (right, below).  
2
Lift the original document from  
your fax machine.  
2
Gently close the scanner cover, making sure both sides are snapped down  
securely. Then re-try the transmission.  
3
Note: If the original document has become wrinkled or torn, dont re-send it.  
Gently close the printer cover, press-  
ing firmly on both sides of the printer  
cover until you hear it click.  
3
3.2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
To clear a printout jammed at the multipurpose tray:  
Open your fax machines printer  
cover by pressing the printer  
cover release button.  
4
5
Remove the paper stack from  
the tray.  
1
Carefully remove the jammed  
paper from the machine,  
as shown.  
2
Reload the paper stack into  
the tray.  
3
Gently close the printer cover, press-  
ing firmly on both sides of the printer  
cover until you hear it click.  
Note: Be sure not to reload any  
sheets which may have  
become crinkled or torn  
during either the jam  
itself or your removal of  
the jammed paper.  
To clear a printout jammed at the optional paper cassette:  
Pull forward on the paper cas-  
sette to open it.  
1
Carefully remove the jammed  
paper(s) from the machines  
rollers, as shown.  
2
Push the paper cassette back  
3
into its normal position within  
the machine.  
3.3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Print quality problems  
If your machines printouts (received faxes or copies) develop quality problems, check  
the following descriptions. When you find one which is like yours, try the suggested  
solutions. If they dont work, please contact your authorized Muratec dealer.  
Printouts are too dark  
The toner cartridge may be defective.  
Remove the toner cartridge and check it for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
Pages are blank  
The drum cartridge or toner cartridge may not be  
installed correctly.  
Install each cartridge correctly.  
The toner cartridge may be out of toner, or the toner may  
be very low.  
Remove the toner cartridge and shake it a few times to  
redistribute the toner inside.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
The toner cartridge may be defective.  
Remove and check the toner cartridge for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
Printouts have a blurred background  
The toner cartridge may be defective.  
Remove the toner cartridge and check it for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
Pages are black  
The toner cartridge may be defective.  
Remove and check the toner cartridge for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
Your fax machines printer may be due for a service check.  
Call your dealer.  
Printouts are of uneven density  
The toner may be unevenly distributed inside the  
toner cartridge.  
Remove the toner cartridge and shake it a few times to  
redistribute the toner inside.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
Printouts are too light  
The toner cartridge may be out of toner, or the toner may  
be very low.  
Remove the toner cartridge and shake it a few times to  
redistribute the toner inside.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
The drum cartridge may be defective.  
Remove and check the drum cartridge for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace the drum cartridge.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
The toner cartridge may be defective.  
Remove and check the toner cartridge for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace the toner cartridge.  
3.4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Printouts have irregularities  
Printouts have toner smudges  
The paper youre using may have absorbed moisture, per-  
haps due either to high humidity or water having been  
spilled on the paper supply at some point. Toner will not  
adhere well to paper at the locations where the paper has  
been wet.  
The toner may be unevenly distributed inside the  
toner cartridge.  
Remove the toner cartridge and shake it a few times to  
redistribute the toner inside. If the problem persists, replace  
the cartridge.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ACDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
Replace the paper with dry paper and try printing again.  
The toner cartridge or drum cartridge may be defective.  
Remove the cartridges and check them for damage. If the  
problem persists, replace either or both of the cartridges as  
indicated.  
If you find smudges on the back of the printouts, the trans-  
port roller may be dirty.  
Your machine normally cleans the transport roller auto-  
matically. If other solutions fail, please contact your  
authorized Muratec dealer.  
Printouts have white and/or black lines  
The toner cartridge or drum cartridge may be defective.  
Remove the cartridges and check them for damage.  
If the problem persists, replace either or both of the car-  
tridges as indicated.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
Printouts have white spots  
The charger may be dirty.  
The charger may be dirty.  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
ABCDE  
Your machine normally cleans the charger automatically.  
If other solutions fail, please contact your authorized  
Muratec dealer.  
Your machine normally cleans the charger automatically.  
If other solutions fail, please contact your authorized  
Muratec dealer.  
3.5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Figuring out communications problems  
Occasionally during transmissions, your fax machine will detect a problem with the  
What you see on the LCD  
What it means/What to do  
phone line or will encounter some other trouble in transmission or reception. When  
it does, it will alert you with an alarm. You can further identify the problem with  
LCD messages, printed check messages and error reports. In the next few pages, well  
tell you more about these troubleshooting methods.  
Check Cassette Paper The optional paper cassette is out of paper. Add  
paper to the cassette.  
. . . or . . .  
The optional paper cassette is open. Close it.  
Check Paper Size  
The multipurpose trays paper size setting (see  
page 1.8) doesnt conform to the paper actually  
in the tray. Either change the setting or change  
the paper so that they are the same.  
Alarm  
Your fax machine will sound the alarm tone — a series of short beeps — if it suffers  
either of these two problems:  
Check Rx Paper  
Both the multipurpose tray and the optional  
paper cassette are out of paper. Add paper to the  
tray and/ or the cassette.  
It has trouble transmitting or receiving.  
It runs out of paper.  
Check Tray Paper  
The multipurpose tray is out of paper. Add  
paper to the tray.  
LCD error messages  
Close Scanner Cover The scanner cover is open. Close it.  
The printer cover is open. Close it.  
What you see on the LCD  
What it means/What to do  
Close Top Cover  
All Commands In Use Your fax machine has all of its 50 possible  
delayed commands (automatic redialing counts  
as one) stored in memory and cannot accept  
Communication Error A communication error disrupted the reception  
or transmission. If you were transmitting, press  
ENTER to clear the error message and then re-try  
the transmission. If you were receiving a fax, try  
to contact the other person and have him/ her re-  
try the transmission. (The problem may be  
another. Delete an existing command by using  
REVIEW COMMANDS, or wait until your fax has  
completed one of the delayed commands.  
Already Stored  
Box In Use  
You tried to enter a blocked number which is  
already entered in the blocked numbers list.  
Enter a different blocked number.  
entirely with his/her machine, phone line, etc.)  
Enter No.(0-32)  
You tried to enter a call group number greater  
than 32. Your machine can maintain 32 call  
groups, numbered 1–32 (call group 0 covers all  
the groups). Determine the correct call group  
and re-enter its identifier number.  
You tried to erase an F-Code box which has  
received at least one document. Print the docu-  
ment(s), then try again.  
Enter No.(1-99)  
You tried to request 0” copies from your fax,  
which can create 1–99 copies of a document.  
Select the correct quantity and re-enter it.  
3.6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
What you see on the LCD  
What it means/What to do  
What you see on the LCD  
What it means/What to do  
Hang Up Phone  
The optional handset is off the hook. Hang it up,  
making sure the upper part of the handset  
presses down on the hook” button.  
No Passcode  
You tried to protect an operation but theres no  
protection passcode stored in your fax machine.  
Store a protection passcode in your machine,  
then try protecting the operation again.  
Insert Document  
There was no document in the document feeder  
when you tried to send a fax or make a copy.  
Place a document in the feeder and try again.  
No PIN Number  
You selected Mode1” in the PIN mask feature  
and tried to call an autodialer number in  
which no PIN has been entered. Enter a PIN, then  
try again.  
Invalid I.D. Code  
Invalid Number  
The F-Code box passcode you entered isnt valid.  
Try re-entering your F-Code box passcode.  
No Report  
You requested an activity journal, but your  
machine has no record of any fax jobs that have  
occurred.  
You pressed a key which has no function during  
the current operation.  
Invalid Passcode  
The protection passcode you entered isnt valid.  
Repeat the operation, entering the correct protec-  
tion passcode.  
PC-FAX In Use  
While a PC-FAX feature is in use, you tried to use  
a fax feature. Wait for the PC to complete the  
operation, then try again.  
Line Busy  
You tried to scan a document while the machine  
is using the PC for fax communication. Wait for  
the PC to complete the fax communication, then  
try again.  
Please Call Service The printer unit of your machine has become  
inoperable. Call your authorized Muratec dealer.  
Please Remove Paper A paper jam has occurred. Remove the jammed  
paper (review pages 3.2–3.3 if necessary).  
Memory Full  
You tried to store the document into memory,  
but your fax machine doesnt have enough mem-  
ory to complete the operation. Wait until your  
fax has enough memory to store the document.  
Also, consider contacting your authorized  
Muratec dealer for a memory upgrade.  
Please Replace Drum Your drum cartridge no longer functions. Please  
replace it, being sure to reset the drum counter  
when you do so (see page 1.7).  
Please Supply Toner The toner cartridge is empty. Replace it.  
Please Wait  
Wait until the fax machine warms up.  
Memory Overflow  
During transmission (or copying), you tried to enter  
more pages into memory than your fax could store.  
Press START (or COPY) to tell your fax to keep as many  
pages in memory as possible, or press CANCEL to  
delete from memory all pages stored during this  
operation (but not previous operations).  
Polling In Use  
You tried to store the polling document in your  
fax, where one already had been stored. Wait  
for the fax to complete the polling operation, then  
try again.  
Printer In Use  
The command youre trying to enter requires the  
use of the printer, which is already in use. Wait  
for the fax to finish printing, then try again.  
No Command  
You pressed REVIEW COMMANDS to review  
upcoming commands, but your fax machine had  
none stored.  
Protect Doc. Stored A received document was in your faxs memory  
when you tried to turn off security reception or  
erase the protection passcode. Print the received  
document from your faxs memory, then re-try  
the desired operation.  
No Document Stored  
No Number Stored  
You tried to print a document from memory, but  
your fax machine had none stored.  
You selected an autodialer number for which  
there is no phone number programmed. Either  
choose another autodialer number or dial a  
phone number directly from the numeric keypad.  
3.7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
What you see on the LCD  
What it means/What to do  
Errors  
Reset Document  
Your document wasnt inserted correctly, or the  
fax to which youre sending cant handle the doc-  
uments page length. Reset the page and try  
again.  
When sending faxes, your machine occasionally will run into communications errors.  
These can be caused by anything from lightning to telephone line interference.  
(These same factors cause the static, or line noise, you sometimes hear on phone  
calls.) They also can be caused by problems with the fax machine at the other end of  
the line.  
Scanner In Use  
The command youre trying to enter requires the  
use of the scanner, which is already in use. Wait  
for the fax to complete the scan, then try again.  
Often, simply trying your call again is all thats necessary. However, if the problem  
persists regularly, call your local telephone company for help. If that doesnt help and  
the problem persists regularly, call your authorized Muratec dealer.  
Sub-Address In Use  
You tried to enter a sub-address identical to one  
already being used in another F-Code box. Enter  
a different sub-address.  
Error reports  
When an error occurs, your fax machine prints an error report. Each fax error  
report lists an error message which includes:  
Too Many Characters You attempted to enter too many numbers or  
other characters in the current operation. Press  
CANCEL to delete the extra characters, then try  
again. You may want to review the operations  
instructions.  
A possible solution to the problem  
The sending location (if the remote fax stores a Location ID of its own)  
The result — which is a special error code.  
A sample of the documents first page.  
Too Many Locations  
You tried to enter too many numbers for a  
broadcast initiation. You can enter up to 10  
groups. Press CANCEL to delete the extra numbers  
and try again.  
Kinds of error codes  
The error code listed in the Result” column of the error report indicates the specific  
problem encountered:  
Dcodes — Occur while dialing  
Rcodes — Occur during reception  
Tcodes — Occur during transmission  
3.8  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Transmission errors  
Specific errors  
Lets quickly summarize the error codes you may see on an error report:  
T.1.1 The remote fax machine didnt respond to your machine. Call someone at the  
remote machines location.  
Dialing errors  
T.1.4 Someone pressed STOP at the remote unit in the middle of the handshake  
(the very first part of the fax communication, when the two units agree” on  
the settings theyll share).  
D.0.3, The remote unit didnt respond, the call couldnt be completed or STOP  
D.0.8 was pressed during dialing. Re-try the call. If your machine repeats the mess-  
age, call the remote fax units operator and verify that unit is operating prop-  
erly.  
T.2.1 Either the phone line disconnected during transmission or fax communica-  
tion became impossible due to bad phone line conditions. Try the call again.  
D.0.2 The remote unit is busy. Try the call again.  
T.2.2 The two fax machines were incompatible. Your fax machine sends and  
receives only ITU-T Group 3 (see Glossary,” page 3.17) fax communication,  
the industry standard since the early 1980s.  
D.0.6, Either the remote unit didnt respond, the call somehow didnt go through or  
D.0.7 STOP was pressed during dialing. Try the call again.  
T.2.3 Bad phone line conditions made fax communication impossible. Conditions  
Reception errors  
can change rapidly, so try the call again later.  
T.3.1 The page counter in your fax machine detected a document feeder error dur-  
ing transmission. Carefully re-insert the document into the feeder and re-try  
the call.  
R.1.1 The calling fax machine didnt respond to your fax machine. This can hap-  
pen if someone dials a wrong number or if the remote machine restricts  
access through use of a passcode.  
T.4.1 The telephone line disconnected during the transmission of a page because  
of excessive modem errors or because the remote unit ran out of paper. Try  
the call again.  
R.1.2 The two fax machines were incompatible. Your fax machine sends and  
receives only ITU-T Group 3 (see Glossary, pages 3.17–3.20) fax communica-  
tion, the industry standard since the early 1980s.  
T.4.2 After transmission began, poor line conditions developed. Try the call again.  
R.1.4 Someone pressed STOP at the receiving fax machine.  
T.4.4 Poor line conditions prevented transmission. Re-try the call.  
R.2.3 Poor phone line conditions made fax communication impossible. Call some-  
one at the remote machines location.  
T.5.1, ECM transmission failed (perhaps due to line noise). Conditions can change  
T.5.2, rapidly, so try the call again later.  
T.5.3  
R.3.1 The sending fax machine detected too many errors from the receiving  
fax machine.  
R.3.3 The sending fax machine is incompatible or had a document feeder problem  
during transmission.  
R.3.4 Poor phone line conditions may have prevented your fax machine from prop-  
erly printing some or all of the pages it received.  
R.4.2 Either the line disconnected before transmission or the transmitting fax  
machine needs maintenance.  
R.4.4 The fax machine has reached its memory capacity.  
R.5.1, ECM reception failed (perhaps due to line noise).  
R.5.2  
3.9  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Check Message” printouts  
When theres a problem with a fax call and your machine detects an error, it pro-  
duces an error printout headed by the words Check Message.” This printout lists  
the following information about the transmission:  
The resulting error code  
A communications error message (see What error messages can mean,” below)  
The phone number (or TTI, if programmed) of the fax machine with which your  
machine had attempted to communicate.  
What error messages can mean  
The error messages on Check Message printouts can mean a variety of things.  
Heres a brief summary:  
Er r or m essa ge  
P ossible m ea n in gs  
Check condition of remote Fax. • Remote machine malfunctioned  
• No handshake” signals from remote fax  
• Wrong phone number reached  
Repeat transmission.  
Poor phone line conditions  
• No handshake” signals from remote fax  
• Document misfeed or miscount  
• Unable to reach remote machine after  
attempting specified number of redial tries  
Line is busy.  
• Remote machines line was busy  
• Remote machines line didnt answer  
Check received documents.  
• Remote confirmation signal not received  
from remote fax  
Poor line conditions caused a poor image  
Memory full.  
• Remote faxs memory is full  
Dialing Number is not set.  
• Stored phone number failed to dial prop-  
erly  
Stopped.  
• Someone pressed STOP at the remote fax  
in the middle of the handshake”  
3.10  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Caring for your fax machine  
With proper installation and a little maintenance, your fax machine should give you  
dependable service for years to come.  
Keep the air vents clean  
As youll recall from page 1.6, you shouldnt cover your machine or it may overheat.  
However, dust can build up and become a sort of cover.” You already know not to  
locate your machine in a dusty area, but, any object out in the open obviously will  
gather dust as time passes.  
Although it requires little day-to-day care, you can take these simple precautions to  
keep it in top form:  
Alw a ys make sure your fax machine is installed according to our specifications,  
including using an electrical surge suppressor. (If necessary, review Pick an  
installation spot before going ahead,” page 1.6.)  
So, be sure to clea n you r m a ch in es a ir ven ts p er iod ica lly. When you do, use a  
vacuum cleaner or brush. (Do n ot wipe the air vents with a damp cloth!)  
Alw a ys use good, copier-quality paper.  
The air vents are located on the left side of the machine (as viewed from in front;  
the drawing below is a view from the machines left rear):  
Alw a ys clean your fax machine as needed (see Cleaning tips,” below).  
Never install your fax machine where it can overheat, gather dust or get  
splashed by any liquids (even water).  
Cleaning tips  
Here are some things to keep in mind about cleaning your fax machine:  
Do clean it! Dust and dirt, especially around the fax machines air vents (see  
right column) can shorten your machines life.  
Alw a ys unplug the fax machine before you clean it.  
Never spr a y a n y clea n er DIRECTLY on to you r fa x m a ch in e. The drifting  
spray could damage components inside.  
Never tr y to clea n SEALED a r ea s in sid e you r fa x m a ch in e. Theyre sealed for  
a purpose: to protect your safety and the machine!  
This tip applies only to cleaning external surfaces, such as the cover and handset  
use a mild cleaning solution sprayed onto a lint-free towel or cloth.  
Alw a ys use a lint-free cloth (or swabs) moistened with alcohol to gently wipe  
components inside your machine. (See the next step also.)  
In areas you cant reach with swabs, a lw a ys use dry, dust-free compressed air to  
gently blow away dust and other material.  
3.11  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
If you have unsatisfactory printout quality  
Corrective cleaning  
Your machine automatically cleans its charger and transport roller, two items  
which are very important to printout quality. So, if you notice poor printout quality  
(whether on received faxes or on copies), it may mean that your machine requires  
service. Review Print quality problems” (pages 3.4–3.5), and see whether any of the  
proposed solutions helps your machine. If these dont help, please call your autho-  
rized Muratec dealer.  
Here are some simple cleaning procedures for keeping your fax machine operating  
smoothly. Use each as the need arises.  
Curing frequent jams in the document feeder  
If youre having trouble with getting your original documents to feed properly, try  
this procedure:  
Turn off your fax machine.  
1
2
Get two soft, lint-free cloths and moisten them as follows:  
One with a cleaner suitable for use on platen/rubber rollers  
The other with isopropyl alcohol  
Open the scanner cover by holding the  
scanner cover release.  
3
4
Im p or ta n t: You must hold the cover  
open. It wont stay open  
by itself.  
Use the cloth with the  
roller cleaner to clean  
the face of the rollers.  
Rotate the rollers  
by hand to allow  
cleaning of the  
entire roller surface.  
Use the cloth with the  
isopropyl alcohol to clean  
the contact glass.  
5
6
Gently close the scanner cover, making sure both sides are snapped  
down securely.  
3.12  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Common questions  
Q: Can I use a dust cover on my fax machine?  
A: No! A dust cover blocks air circulation, which could cause your machine to  
Were on-line to help you!  
Before you try calling for help, please give the Muratec Information System  
overheat. (See page 1.6 for other guidelines.)  
a try first.  
The Muratec Information System is available to you 24 hours a day, 7 days  
a week. You can use your fax machine to call this fax-on-demand” system  
and receive printouts of information, such as the most common questions  
asked about your machine. Often, this is the fastest way to find out the  
answer to any question you may have. And its a free call!  
Sending faxes  
Q: Sometimes, I try to send a fax while using either the (optional) handset or the  
MONITOR/CALL feature. But, when the other side answers, I hear a horrible  
screeching sound, so I hang up. Whats happening?  
To use the Muratec Information System:  
A: That was the other fax machine trying to say Hello” to your machine! Youll  
hear sounds like that any time you call a fax machine which is set to answer  
automatically (as when you set your machine to Auto Answer mode). Its by  
using these tones that fax machines are able to send faxes over ordinary phone  
lines. So, next time you hear such tones, press START (and, if youre using an  
optional handset, hang up) to send a fax.  
On your fax machine, obtain a dial tone by pressing MONITOR/CALL. (If  
youre in a noisy area and have an optional handset attached to your  
machine, you may want to simply lift the handset instead.)  
1
Call 1-800-215-1698.  
2
3
Follow the voice instructions youll receive from the system.  
Q: I just sent a fax. However, the number that appeared in my machines display  
during the transmission wasnt the number I dialed. Why?  
A: That number you saw is programmed into the remote fax machine by the user.  
Some users prefer different numbers to appear than the ones theyre really  
using. And frankly, some people take over others already-programmed fax  
machines and dont know how to change the originally set number!  
General questions  
Q: Where do I add ink or toner to make my fax machines printouts darker?  
A: You cant adjust the darkness of an incoming fax printout, but you can adjust  
the darkness of a copy (or copies) or of a transmission. Insert a document and  
press CONTRAST repeatedly to adjust the contrast setting. Dark” prints at the  
darkest setting. The machine will reset automatically to normal contrast after  
the copying or sending.  
Q: Can I transmit and receive at the same time?  
A: No. Use the call request feature (see pages 2.25–2.26) to ask the person at the  
remote fax machine if he or she wants to transmit or receive after your fax  
communication is complete.  
Note: You cant adjust the darkness of an incoming fax printout.  
Q: Do I have to dial a 1 for a long-distance call?  
Q: When I unplug my machine or if the power goes off, will I lose the information  
Ive stored — such as my TTI, autodialer entries, the time and date, etc. — and  
have to re-enter them?  
A: Yes. Dialing a fax number is just like dialing any other phone number, so be  
sure to include any special long-distance codes or dialing pauses when dialing.  
Also, remember to include them when you set your autodialer numbers.  
A: No. Theres a special battery built into your fax machine which protects user  
settings for several days if power fails or if you decide to move your machine.  
However, we do advise you to restore power to the machine as soon as possible.  
3.13  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Q: How do I send a fax to an overseas telephone number?  
Q: I inserted a document in the feeder and dialed a fax number, but my machine  
didnt transmit the document; instead, ** Auto Redial **now appears on  
my LCD. What does this mean?  
A: Dialing requirements for international calls may vary depending on your local  
telephone companys requirements. For most international calls, call 011, then  
dial the appropriate country code, city code and phone number. (You may find  
country and city codes in the front section of your telephone directory.)  
A: The remote fax machine was busy, so your machine will try the call again,  
automatically. As long as it hasnt stored more than 50 delayed commands  
(counting automatic redials), your machine should still accept commands from  
you. If it has exceeded this quantity and will accept no more commands, try can-  
celling one of the delayed commands (see pages 2.19–2.20). If the machine still  
wont cooperate, keep cancelling commands until it does.  
Q: Can I transmit if my fax machine runs out of paper?  
A: Yes, but confirmation reports (see page 2.23) arent available when you trans-  
mit without recording paper in your fax machine.  
Q: The specifications (page AI.1) list an average per-page transmission time, but  
Q: Can I transmit a document thats extra long?  
when I transmit a page it can take much longer. Why?  
A: Yes, if the receiving fax machine is equipped to handle long documents. Many  
machines have a special setting which allows them to receive documents that  
exceed the normal length.  
A: We base this specification on transmission of an industry-standard test docu-  
ment called ITU-T Test Document 1 (sometimes also called the Slerexe letter).  
Fax manufacturers use this method to test transmission speeds. However:  
Q: Can I transmit a page from a newspaper?  
The pages you send may be darker, or otherwise contain more information,  
than ITU-T Test Document 1.  
A: No. A newspaper page can jam in your document feeder. First, use a copy  
machine to make an appropriately sized copy of the newspaper page, then  
transmit the copy.  
The transmission time measured for test documents doesnt include hand-  
shake time the time during which two fax machines introduce”  
themselves to each other and agree on” the parameters of the call.  
Q: Can I transmit a page with correction fluid on it?  
The specification time is based on the use of normal resolution mode. You  
may be using fine, superfine or grayscale transmission, each of which takes  
longer than normal mode.  
A: Yes, but only if the fluid is completely dry before you begin transmission.  
Q: How can I be sure my fax was received?  
A: Set your machine to print a confirmation report after each transmission (see  
Q: Whats a default?  
page 2.23).  
A: A default is a setting that your machine will always refer to if nothing else is  
programmed. For example, you can set the default for this machine to send a  
fax by using its memory. If you set this action as the default, thats how your  
machine will always send a fax, until you tell it to do differently.  
Q: I dont want to install a dedicated phone line for my fax machine, so Ive con-  
nected the machine to a PBX phone system. When I get a fax call, all the phones  
ring! How do I prevent this?  
A: Call your PBX manufacturer or telephone company for assistance. They may be  
able to convert one of the PBX lines for use only by your fax machine.  
Reports  
Q: Sometimes when I dial a fax call by using either the (optional) handset or  
MONITOR/CALL, I dont hear the fax receiving tones from the other machine.  
Am I doing something wrong?  
Q: I called the number 011-555-555-1212, but not all of the digits appear on my  
transmit confirmation report (TCR). Why didnt the whole number appear? How  
can I be sure my document went to the right location?  
A: When this happens, try pressing START (and then hanging up the optional  
handset if youre using it), as usual. Its possible youre calling an older, non-  
standard fax machine that doesnt emit answering tones. Even a few Group 3  
faxes (see Glossary,” page 3.17) on the market sound a sending tone but dont  
sound a receiving tone. After you transmit, call the person at the other fax  
machines location to see if he/she got your document.  
A: The numbers you enter using the fax keypad are temporarily stored in a mem-  
ory buffer, and its only the last part of the phone number that the buffer  
remembers.” An easy way to avoid getting incomplete telephone numbers on  
your printouts is to store your most frequently used numbers as one-touch keys  
or speed-dial numbers. These autodialer numbers will appear in their entirety  
on your TCR.  
3.14  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Receiving faxes  
Q: My fax never answers. Whats wrong?  
Working with your answering machine  
Q: People have complained that they call my fax machine and hear my answering  
machines message, but are cut off before they can send a fax. What happened?  
A: Check to make sure your fax machine is properly connected to a working AC  
power outlet and phone jack (see pages 1.6–1.8). If youre using a second phone  
with your machine, make sure its connected properly (page 1.9).  
A: Any remote fax machine attempting to send a fax must hear” responding fax  
tones within somewhat under 40 seconds after the person at that machine  
presses the start key. That 40 seconds includes getting the dial tone, dialing  
the number, listening” to the pause before the ringing starts and the remote  
fax machine answering the ring. Only after that time does your message play  
Q: Sometimes when I answer my machine with the optional handset, I hear a  
beeping sound that repeats every few seconds. Is this a fax?  
A: Yes. When you hear such fax tones, someone is trying to send you a fax. Next  
Thats why we urge you to make a short outgoing message. The shorter the  
overall waiting period, the more likely it is that the remote fax machine will  
proceed with the transmission. Please make an outgoing message that is no  
longer than 10 seconds (see page 1.20 for a suggestion).  
time, press START and hang up the handset. Your fax will receive the message.  
Q: Does my fax machine have to be plugged in to the AC power jack just to receive  
a message?  
A: Yes. Your phone will ring if the phone line is connected, but you cant receive a  
fax unless your fax machine is plugged into both the phone jack and the AC  
power jack. Make sure your fax machine is always plugged in so you never  
miss an important fax message.  
How your fax machine works  
The concept of how a fax machine works is simple. Heres a simple analogy. Lets  
say you want to mail a gift to a friend:  
Q: Can I receive a fax if Im using the phone on my machine?  
You take the item, wrap it and send it.  
A: You can receive a fax from the person to whom youre talking. When that per-  
son has a document ready in his/her machines feeder, press START. However,  
like any regular one-line phone, your fax machine can handle only one call at a  
time. The OneLine + feature (see pages 2.24-2.25) lets you receive calls on up to  
two phone numbers if your telephone company has installed the appropriate  
DRD service, but you can use only one number at a time.  
Days later, your friend receives the package, unwraps it and uses it.  
Now, lets apply that to fax communication.  
You put a page into your fax machines feeder and call a fax number. Your machine  
makes a satisfactory connection with the other machine, and then …  
An image scanner in your fax machine examines the information on the page.  
Thats how your machine takes the document.  
Polling  
Your fax machine translates the scanned information into a numeric code and  
compresses the code for the fastest possible transmission speed.  
Thats how your machine wraps the document.  
Q: Whats the purpose of polling?  
A: Polling lets you automatically pull” a document which is set in another fax  
machine. You can poll whenever you need to retrieve information and dont  
want the source to pay for the phone call. With polling, you pay for the call and  
get the information you need.  
Finally, your fax machine sends the compressed code.  
Thats how your machine sends the document.  
On the other end of the line …  
The remote fax machine receives the code.  
The remote fax machine uncompresses and deciphers the code, turning it into a  
representation of the scan your machine made.  
Thats how your machine unwraps the document.  
3.15  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
The remote fax machine prints the representation.  
Now, the recipient can use the document.  
and thats how fax works!  
The only difference between a regular telephone call and a fax call is the content of  
the transmission:  
On a regular call, your telephone sends your voice.  
On a fax call, your fax machine sends a coded image.  
If your fax machine is in Tel/Fax Ready mode and you have other telephone exten-  
sions on the same line, all the other phones will ring. In fact, theres no way to tell if  
an incoming call is from a fax machine or from a person until you answer, or your  
fax machine answers.  
Youll know its a fax call if, upon answering, you hear a beeping sound that repeats  
every few seconds. This sound is each fax machines way of identifying itself to the  
machine it calls.  
When you press START, your fax machine responds to these signals using other spe-  
cial tones (to us humans, they sound a bit like screeches) which are its way of  
responding to the other machines “greeting. This acknowledgement — just like  
greetings you might exchange with a friend — is called handshaking.  
The way fax machines work is regulated closely by international standards applied  
by the International Telecommunications Union (ITU), an agency of the United  
Nations. These standards ensure the compatibility of your fax machine with mil-  
lions of other fax machines worldwide. However, they also limit the way you can use  
your machine with other devices, such as telephones and answering machines.  
Nonetheless, this is a small price to pay for the ability to send documents just about  
anywhere on earth!  
3.16  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Glossary  
This glossary contains terms and words you may encounter when discussing or  
reading about fax machines and fax communications. Please use these definitions  
for reference only.  
Ca ll-w a itin g ser vice — An optional telephone company service that alerts you to  
another incoming call when the phone is already in use. Call-waiting signals often  
cause interruption of fax transmission or reception.  
Ca ller ID — Optional service provided by your local telephone company that allows  
you to see a display of the number (phone or fax) that is calling.  
A4, B4, A3 — Standard stationery sizes defined by the International Standards  
Organization, an agency of the United Nations. See also Paper sizes.  
CCITT — See ITU-T.  
An sw er in g m a ch in e — See TAD.  
CCD, CIS — Charged coupled device, contact image sensor. Two types of scanning  
mechanisms used in some Muratec fax machines. The CCD reads” fluorescent light  
bouncing off a document. The CIS uses a flat bar of light-emitting diodes (LEDs).  
Au tod ia lin g Enables user to store preprogrammed telephone numbers in the  
units memory. Storage capability varies from unit to unit.  
Com p a tibility — The term compatible” describes the ability of separate things to  
function together. Your Muratec fax machine features ITU-T Group 3 compatibility,  
the modern standard for worldwide communication.  
Au tom a tic fa llba ck — The ability of a fax machine to slow down (fall back),  
when communicating with another fax which is communicating at a slower rate.  
Au tom a tic r ed u ction — Many Muratec fax machines will automatically reduce  
the size of documents being transmitted to accommodate the effective printing  
width of the receiving unit. For example, this allows a fax machine with a 10scan-  
ning width to send an image 10wide to a unit with an 8.5print width. The  
receiving fax machine will receive a reduced-size printout of the complete image.  
Con fid en tia l tr a n sm ission — See SecureMail.  
Con fir m a tion r ep or t — See TCR.  
Cop y m od e — Allows your fax machine to be used as a convenience copier.  
Cover p a ge (a u tom a tic) — A small, user-created message which can be the first  
page of every transmission.  
Bit — The smallest unit of information in a computer. Some Muratec fax machines,  
which are actually computers dedicated” to telecommunications, allow users to  
change bits of information to provide or cancel features through software settings.  
The word bit” is a contraction of the two words binary digit.”  
Da ta com p r ession — Used in digital fax machines to speed transmission. See also  
Digital fax, MH and MSE, SMSE.  
Defa u lt — The setting your machine will always refer to if no other action has been  
programmed. For example, you can set the default for this machine to send a fax by  
using its memory. If you set this action as the default, thats how your machine will  
always send a fax, until you tell it to do differently.  
Bits p er secon d — See bps.  
Bla ck d en sity — Also called black coverage. The amount of non-white area on a  
page. For example, most regular office correspondence has a black density well  
under 10% due to the presence of margins, spaces between words, spaces between  
lines and paragraphs and even spaces within letters. However, drawings and pho-  
tographs have a much higher black density, sometimes approaching 100%. The  
higher a pages black density, the more slowly a fax machine sends it.  
Dela yed com m a n d — Transmission or polling operation set by the user to occur  
later, automatically, at a predetermined time. Great for reducing costs by making  
fax calls during times when telephone costs are lowest, such as late at night or on  
weekends.  
bp s — Bits per second. Used to express the speed of transmission of data. Because  
fax transmission treats a document as a graphic image rather than as a series of  
alphabetic and numeric characters, bps does not correspond to the number of char-  
acters transmitted per second.  
Digita l — Using the binary system (which uses a combination of 0s or 1s) to  
describe everything, so that 0 means off and 1 means on; digital fax machines con-  
vert the graphic image of your document into a series of zeros and ones by using the  
binary system of transmission to encode black and white occurrences. This  
increases transmission speed by passing over white spaces. See also White-line skip.  
Byte — A group of digital elements, usually sent as eight bits to the byte.  
Ca ll r eser ve — Also called call request. An ITU-T standard fax feature which allows  
a user to request voice communication prior to, during or after transmission.  
3.17  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Digita l fa x — Unlike analog systems that scan every portion of a document, digital  
ITU-T — International Telecommunications Union – Telecommunications Sector.  
(Formerly known as CCITT, for Consultative Committee for International Telegraph  
and Telephone.) A telecommunications forum for member countries of the United  
Nations, whose Study Group XIV established the primary groups for fax equipment,  
covering communication protocol and transmission. Muratec Group 3 fax machines  
offer the fastest transmissions allowed by the ITU-T when communicating with other  
Group 3 units.  
fax machines survey a documents overall picture content. Digital fax machines  
scan a line and convert the information into a binary code of zeros and ones. The fax  
machine takes this information and compresses it, providing high transmission  
speeds. Many Muratec units offer proprietary methods for faster transmissions  
between Muratec-manufactured units (see also MSE, SMSE).  
DIP sw itch es Dual in-line package switch; a two-position on/off switch. Many  
Muratec fax machines include DIP switches to control optional settings or features.  
ITU-T Test Docu m en t 1 — Also called the Slerexe (slehr-rehks) letter; An ITU-T  
standard document with a known black density which fax makers often use to test  
transmission speeds of their fax machines. Published transmission speeds are also  
based on this document.  
Effective p r in tin g w id th — The widest image that can be printed on a fax.  
Effective sca n w id th — The maximum width the scanner in a fax can scan  
during transmission.  
ITU-T V.29 a n d V.27 ter . — A standard set of communication procedures allowing  
fax machines to talk to all other units adhering to those standards.  
F -Cod e — The ITU-T has created a fax industry standard for using sub-  
addressing/password-based communications with not only Muratec fax machines but  
also other manufacturers’ fax machines.  
La ser p r in tin g — A plain-paper printing system. Toner is attached to a charged  
drum and an image is transferred onto plain paper through electrical currents, then  
fused with heat and pressure to produce a dry, permanent printout.  
F a csim ile (or fa x) — A form of communication involving the scanning and decoding  
of a document into electrical signals and transmitting of the document, over tele-  
phone lines to another device. This device then reconstructs the signals to produce an  
exact duplicate of the document. Also, a machine that performs such communica-  
tion.  
LCD — Liquid crystal display. Used on some Muratec units for status displays.  
Lea sed lin e — See Private line.  
Loa d n u m ber — A number assigned to telecommunications equipment used in  
Canada; designed to help prevent overloading on a telephone circuit. See also  
Ringer equivalence number.  
F a llba ck — Group 3 fax machines operate at the highest transmission speed possi-  
ble on a given telephone line. Muratec systems offer automatic fallback; if line  
quality drops during transmission, the fax machine will reduce speed to the fastest  
possible level.  
Loca tion ID — See Station ID.  
lp i — Lines per inch. The way fax image resolution is measured. (For example, see  
Normal resolution.)  
F in e r esolu tion — 203H × 196V lpi. Also shown as  
G
3
F
(“Group 3 fine) on some fax  
units.  
MH — Modified Huffman, the standard ITU-T Group 3 data compression method. A  
one-dimensional coding scheme that compresses data in a horizontal direction only.  
A feature of all Muratec fax machines, MH assures transmissions faster than one  
page per minute when communicating with other Group 3 units, regardless of man-  
ufacturer. See also MR, MMR, MSE, SMSE.  
Gr a ysca le — Not a level of resolution, but a method of scanning and transmitting  
halftone images. Fax machines with grayscale abilities interpret photographs in  
levels of gray between white and black. The transmitting fax machine must have  
grayscale ability to send a photographic image accurately, but the receiving  
machine does not need it to print the image.  
Mod em — Modulator-demodulator. A device that converts digital data, like infor-  
mation from a fax machine, into an analog signal for transmission over ordinary  
telephone lines. A modem is included in a fax machine and allows it to be connected  
directly to a PSTN telephone line.  
Gr ou p 3 — Refers to fax machines that use digital encoding. These units transmit  
one page in less than one minute and produce resolution of 203 × 98, 203 × 196, or  
203 × 392 lpi.  
Ha lfton e — See Grayscale.  
MR — Modified Read, an ITU-T Group 3 standard data compression method. A two-  
dimensional coding scheme that compresses data in both horizontal and vertical  
directions and allows for faster transmission when communicating with other  
Group 3 units, regardless of manufacturer. See also MH, MMR, MSE, SMSE.  
Ha n d sh a k in g — An exchange of data between telecommunications and/or  
computer equipment that introduces” two systems to each other. For example,  
faxes use a handshaking protocol to identify the ITU-T group of each unit and to  
begin fax communication.  
MMR — Modified Modified Read, an ITU-T Group 3 standard data compression  
method. A two-dimensional coding scheme that compresses data in both horizontal  
and vertical directions and allows for faster transmission when communcating with  
other Group 3 units, regardless of manufacturer. See also MH, MR, MSE, SMSE.  
Hu b — See Relay broadcasting.  
Hz (or Her tz) — A measure of frequency equal to one cycle per second. Used in the  
specifications for a fax machine, it identifies the AC power the unit requires.  
3.18  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
P STN Public switched telephone network; the most common type of telephone  
lines and service in use, in contrast to private or leased lines. A Muratec fax pro-  
vides fast, reliable data transmission over a PSTN line, and does not need a special or  
dedicated telephone line. See also Private line.  
Mon itor — A speaker in most Muratec fax machines which allows the user to hear  
the dialing process. This is not a speakerphone, because it has no microphone for  
speaking to the person being called. For regular two-way voice communication,  
users must use the optional handset. See also On-hook dialing.  
MSE, SMSE — Muratecs proprietary data compression methods, allowing a Muratec-  
manufactured fax machine to transmit more quickly when communicating with  
another Muratec-manufactured unit. MSE and SMSE are features on many Muratec  
fax machines. See also MH, MR, MMR.  
Receiver ID — See Station ID.  
Red ia lin g — The dialing again, either manually or automatically controlled, of the  
most recently dialed fax or phone number. Automatic redialing follows an unsuc-  
cessful dialing attempt and can be done manually or automatically.  
Nor m a l r esolu tion — Shown as norm; 203H × 98V lpi. The default resolution  
Rela y br oa d ca stin g — Lets some Muratec fax machines store a document in  
internal memory, transmit the document to the memory of a remote hub” fax and  
then instruct that unit to relay (re-transmit) the document to each fax in a call  
group in the hub” unit. This feature speeds extremely high-volume fax communica-  
tion and allows a single command to initiate document transmission to hundreds of  
preprogrammed fax locations. It also saves phone charges for the originating  
machine. Your machine can initiate a relay broadcast.  
mode for all Muratec fax machines.  
On e-tou ch d ia lin g — Allows the fax user to store frequently used fax numbers for  
dialing with the touch of one key. See also Autodialing and Speed-dialing.  
On -h ook d ia lin g — Dialing numbers by using the keypad on the fax unit without  
lifting a handset. On most Muratec fax models, the user can do this either silently  
or by using the monitor. See also Monitor.  
Rem ote fa x m a ch in e — The machine on the other end” of a fax communication.  
Or igin a l d ocu m en t size — The largest (or smallest) document that can be fed  
safely through a fax machine.  
REN — See Ringer equivalence number.  
P a p er sizes — All are width × length:  
Resolu tion — The resolution of documents transmitted or copied by fax machines  
is measured by the number of horizontal (H) and vertical (V) lines per inch (lpi) the  
unit can print. A Muratec unit may offer one or more of these resolution levels:  
Letter-sized = 8.5×11.0″  
Legal-sized = 8.5×14.0″  
A5 = 5.8″ × 8.3″  
B5 = 7.2×10.1″  
A4 = 8.3×11.7″  
B4 = 10.1×14.3″  
A3 = 11.7×16.5″  
B3 = 14.3×20.3″  
Normal  
Fine  
Superfine  
203H × 98V lpi  
203H × 196V lpi  
203H × 392V lpi  
P a sscod e — A four-digit code-number. On your fax machine, the protection pass-  
code lets the user limit access to fax operations, as well as certain settings and even  
documents readied for polling (in the case of polling, only calling machines whose  
users enter the proper passcode will be able to poll the document.)  
Some Muratec units also offer grayscale transmission (see also Grayscale) for accu-  
rate reproduction of photographs and other shaded originals.  
Rin ger equ iva len ce n u m ber — Also called REN. A number assigned to telecom-  
munications equipment used in the United States; designed to prevent overloading  
on a telephone circuit. See also Load number.  
P BX (or P ABX) — Private branch exchange; privately-owned telephone equipment  
serving a particular building, business or area. Many PBX systems use digital trans-  
mission lines which, unlike more common PSTN lines, are not compatible with fax  
machine use. The user should not connect a fax unit to a PBX without first checking  
with the system manufacturer or service representative.  
Sca n n in g w id th — See Effective scanning width.  
Secu r eMa il — Allows a Muratec fax user to send a document to or or receive one  
into (usually something confidential) an electronic mail box.” The transmission is  
protected at the receiving Muratec fax by an access code; the receiving fax prints  
the document only when an authorized user enters the code.  
P ollin g — Automatic transmission to a calling remote fax, or reception of a docu-  
ment from a remote fax set for this operation. Polling is convenient whenever a  
central unit must receive information from one or several remote faxes. The caller  
bears all telephone charges and prevents several remote units from calling at the  
same time. See also Secure polling.  
Secu r e p ollin g Polling in which preset passcodes are checked between two  
machines before polling is allowed to take place.  
P r iva te lin e — (Or leased line.) A service offered by many telephone systems; pro-  
vides an exclusive phone circuit between two geographic points. A Muratec fax does  
not require a private line. See also PSTN.  
Sp eed -d ia lin g — Allows the fax user to store frequently used fax numbers for dial-  
ing with the touch of three keys — an identifier key (either * or #) and then a  
three-digit code — for each number. See also Autodialing and One-touch dialing.  
P r op r ieta r y — Non-standard. In fax, refers to a fax feature which works only in  
communications between fax machines that are the same brand.  
3.19  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
Sta tion ID — (Also called Location ID or Receiver ID.) An autodialer feature which  
lets the fax user enter a descriptive name to correspond with the number in an  
autodialer entry. For example, rather than entering only 1-972-555-3465, the user  
can enter that number and a name, such as Dallas Branch Office. (Many Muratec  
models with this feature allow entry of both upper-case and lower-case letters, for  
greater ease of reading.)  
Su bscr iber ID — A fax machines telephone number, as identified by a user set-  
ting. See TTI.  
Su p er fin e r esolu tion — 203H × 392V lpi. Your Muratec fax machines superfine  
transmission mode is Group-3-compatible, not the more limited proprietary version.  
TAD — Telephone answering device, or answering machine. Records incoming voice  
messages for playback. You can connect a TAD to a Muratec fax machine and use the  
two on one phone line.  
TCR — Transmit confirmation report; this provides proof that your Muratec fax did  
send the document you set for transmission. Printed after transmission, the TCR  
also identifies the telephone number to which the fax sent the document, plus the  
actual time of transmission and how many pages the unit transmitted.  
Th er m a l (p a p er ) p r in tin g — A thermal head heats chemically treated, thermally  
sensitive paper in patterns conforming to the image the machine has scanned, cre-  
ating a printed image. Thermal papers tendency to discolor and fade, in addition to  
its curliness and the usual difficulty in writing on it, have made this method consid-  
erably less popular than plain-paper fax printing — particularly as plain-paper fax  
machines have dropped sharply in price.  
TTI — Transmit terminal identifier. A user-programmable line of information sent  
automatically with every page a fax machine sends; it appears at the top of each  
page printed by the receiving unit.  
Tr a n sm ission sp eed How fast a fax machine is sending a fax document. This  
speed depends on the modem speed of each unit, the resolution setting, the content  
of the document, the encoding technique and the condition of the phone line (clean,  
noisy, etc.) Any change in any one of these five conditions will affect the speed,  
sometimes significantly.  
Wh ite-lin e sk ip — A technique used to speed up fax transmission by bypassing  
redundant areas, such as white space.  
3.20  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
J ust in case …  
(This page intentionally blank.)  
3.21  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
Specifications  
Typ e: High-speed facsimile transmitter and receiver for home and office use.  
P h on e lin e: Normal Public Switched Telephone Line (PSTN) or equivalent.  
Mod em : 14,400 bps with fallback to 12,000, 9,600, 7,200, 4,800 and 2,400 bps per  
Sca n n in g w id th : 8.2.  
Sca n n in g m eth od : Flatbed CCD.  
P r in tin g m eth od : Dry, electrophotographic (laser) process.  
ITU-T V.17, V.29 and V.27 ter.  
,
Con su m a bles yield : Drum cartridge, 20,000 pages; regular toner cartridge, 5,500  
Com p a tibility: ITU-T Group 3.  
pages; starter toner cartridge, 3,600 pages.**  
Da ta com p r ession m eth od : ITU-T-standard MH, MR, MMR; Murata-proprietary MSE.  
Tr a n sm ission sp eed : 6 seconds per page.*  
Recor d in g p a p er ca p a city: Multipurpose tray, 150 letter- or legal-sized sheets.  
Accep ta ble d ocu m en t size (width × height):  
Single sheet — 11.0×35.4maximum, 5.8×4.1minimum.  
Docu m en t feed er ca p a city: 30 pages (20-pound bond paper).  
Two or more sheets — 10.1×14.4maximum, 5.8×4.1minimum.  
Resolu tion (horizontal in dots/mm × vertical in lines/mm): Normal, 203 × 98;  
Weigh t: 31 pounds.  
fine, 203 × 196; superfine, 203 ×392.  
Dim en sion s (width × depth × height): 19.2×20.3×10.6.  
P ow er : 120V ± 10%, 50–60 Hz.  
Gr a ysca le: 64-level.  
P r in tin g w id th : 8.2.  
*
Based on transmission of ITU-T Test Document 1 to a Muratec fax machine. Your transmission times will vary, but  
your Muratec fax machine will always provide the fastest transmission speeds possible under ITU-T guidelines and  
phone-line conditions.  
** Based on letter-sized sheets, 4% document coverage and continuous printing.  
AI.1  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
Regulatory information  
If problems arise  
United States of America  
If any of your telephone equipment is not operating properly, you should immediately remote it from your telephone  
line, as it may cause harm to the telephone network. If the telephone company notes a problem, they may temporarily  
stop service. When practical, they will notify you before this disconnection. If advance notice is not feasible, you will be  
notified as soon as possible. When you are notified, you will be given the opportunity to correct the problem and will be  
informed of your right to file a complaint with the FCC.  
Federal Communications Commission (FCC) information  
Ringer Equivalence Number (RENs): AC REN, 3.2B DC REN, 0.3.  
;
This facsimile machine has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class  
A
digital device, pursuant to  
Part 15 of the FCC rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against such interference in a  
residential installation.  
In the event repairs are ever needed on your fax machine, they should be done by Muratec America, Inc., or an  
authorized representative of Muratec America, Inc. For information, contact the Muratec Customer Support Center at  
972-364-3350 (from the U. S. only).  
This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance  
with the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that  
interference will not occur in a particular installation.  
Canada  
If this equipment causes interference in radio or television reception (which can be determined by turning the equip-  
ment off and on), the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:  
Industry Canada (IC) regulations  
Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna.  
Increase the separation between the equipment and receiver.  
IC Load Number (LN): 18.  
Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the receiver is connected.  
Consult the dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for help.  
This digital apparatus does not exceed the Class  
interference-causing equipment standard entitled Digital Apparatus,” ICES-003 of the Department of Communications.  
A
limits for radio noise emissions from digital apparatus as set out in the  
Cet appareil numérique respecte les limites de bruits radioélectriques applicables aux appareils numériques de  
This equipment complies with Part 68 of the FCC rules. On the bottom of this equipment is a label that contains, among  
other information, the FCC registration number and REN for this equipment. If so requested, you must provide this infor-  
mation to the telephone company.  
Classe  
A
prescrites dans la norme sur le matériel brouilleur: Appareils Numériques,” NMB-003 édictée par le Ministre  
des Communications.  
Notice: The Canadian Department of Communications label identifies certified equipment. This certification means  
the equipment meets certain telecommunications network protective, operational and safety requirements.  
The Department does not guarantee the equipment will operate to the users satisfaction.  
An FCC-compliant telephone cord and modular plug are provided with this equipment. This equipment is designed to be  
connected to the telephone network or premises wiring using a compatible modular jack which is Part-68-compliant.  
Before installing this equipment, users should ensure that it is permissible to be connected to the facilities of the local  
telecommunications company. The equipment must also be installed using an acceptable method of connection.  
Sometimes, the companys inside wiring associated with a single-line individual service may be extended with a certi-  
fied connector assembly (telephone extension cord). The customer should be aware that compliance with these  
coniditions may not prevent degradation of service in some situations.  
Telephone company procedures  
The goal of the telephone company is to provide you with the best service it can. In order to do this, it may occasionally  
have to make changes in its equipment, operations or procedures. If these changes might affect your service or the oper-  
ation of your equipment, the telephone company will give you notice, in writing, to allow you to make any changes  
necessary to maintain uninterrupted service.  
Repairs to certified equipment should be made by an authorized Canadian maintenance facility designated by the  
supplier. Any equipment malfunction, or repairs or alterations made by the user to this equipment, may give the  
telecommunications company cause to request the user to disconnect the equipment.  
If you have any questions about your telephone line, such as how many pieces of equipment you can connect to it, the  
telephone company will provide this information upon request.  
In certain circumstances, it may be necessary for the telephone company to request information from you about the  
equipment which you have connected to your telephone line. Upon request of the telephone company, provide the FCC  
registration number and the Ringer Equivalence Number (REN) of the equipment which is connected to your line. Both  
of these numbers are listed on the equipment label attached to your fax machine.  
Users should ensure for their own protection that the electrical ground connections of the power utility, telephone lines  
and internal metallic water pipe system, if present, are connected. This precaution may be particularly important in  
rural areas.  
Ca u tion : Users should not attempt to make such connections themselves, but should contact the appropriate electric  
The sum of all RENS on your telephone line should be fewer than five (5) in order to assure proper service from the tele-  
phone company. Sometimes, a sum of five (5) may not be usable on a given telephone line.  
inspection authority or electrician.  
The Load Number (LN) assigned to each terminal device denotes the percentage of the total load to be connected to a  
telephone loop which is used by the device to prevent overloading. The termination on a loop may consist of any combina-  
tion of devices subject only to the requirement that the total of the LNs of all the devices doesnt exceed 100.  
The IC LN for the F-98 is 18.  
Note:  
This equipment is hearing-aid-compatible (HAC).  
Notice: The Telephone Consumer Protection Act of 1991 makes it unlawful for any person to use a computer or other  
electronic device to send any message via a telephone fax machine unless such message clearly contains,  
either in a margin at the top or bottom of each transmitted page or on the first page of the transmission, the  
date and time it was sent and an identification of the business or other identity, or other individual sending  
the message and the telephone number of the sending machine or such business, entity or individual. For  
instructions on programming this information (the TTI”) into your fax machine, see pages 1.10–1.11.  
Type of service  
Your fax is designed for use on standard-device telephone lines. The fax connects to the telephone line with a standard  
line called the USOC RJ -11. Connection to telephone-company-provided coin service (central-office-implemented systems).  
Connection to party line service is subject to State tariffs.  
AI.2  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
Index  
A
D
Activity journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22  
Alphanumeric directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See EasyDial  
Ans/Fax Ready mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.19  
Answering machine (not included with fax machine), attaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.9  
Answering, setting number of rings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5  
Attaching an answering machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.9  
Attaching a second phone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
Autodialer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8–2.14, 2.15  
Date and time, setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
Delayed transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.19–2.20  
Dialing mode (pulse or tone) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.11  
Dialing upon the power failure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Directory dialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See EasyDial  
Distinctive ring detection (DRD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24–2.25  
Document guidelines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12  
Document, inserting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13  
Drum cartridge, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6–1.7  
Drum counter, resetting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7  
B
Block J unk Fax . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49–2.50  
Broadcasting, relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.16, 2.35–2.36  
E
EasyDial . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.14, 2.15  
EasyStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
Electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6, AI.1  
Electrical surge suppressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
Entering date and time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
Entering TTI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
Error Correction Mode (ECM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5  
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Communications problems  
Extension telephone (not included with fax machine)  
C
Call groups . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.35  
Call request . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.25–2.26  
Call-waiting, possible trouble with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13  
Caller ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.26–2.27  
Cancelling commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16, 2.20  
Changing the dialing type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Cleaning your fax machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.11–3.12  
Clearing jams  
Connecting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
Fax reception while using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17  
Document, original . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2  
Printout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2–3.3  
Clearing settings before using EasyStart . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10  
Closed network . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49  
CODE key, using . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3  
Communications problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6–3.10  
Alarm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.6  
Check Message” printouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.10  
Errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8–3.9  
Error codes, printouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.8–3.9  
Confidential communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45–2.50  
Confirmation reports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23  
Confirmation stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12  
Control panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2, 1.4–1.5  
Copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.21  
Copy and print reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3–2.5  
Cover page . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21–2.22  
F
F-Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.28–2.32, 2.38–2.40  
Fax Ready mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.18  
Fax/Tel Ready mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.18  
Fine resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1, 1.12, 2.2  
G
Grayscale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1, 1.12, 2.2  
H
Handset (optional), summary of installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
HOLD, using in telephone calls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4, 2.8, 2.15  
AI.3  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
I
P
Inserting pages (for faxing or copying) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13, 1.21  
Installation  
Paper for printouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7  
Passcode, protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45  
Pause character, entering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12–1.13, 2.8  
PBX, using with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.13  
PC-FAX connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.42–2.44  
Phone and electrical requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
PIN mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.47–2.48  
Polling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23–2.24, 2.37–2.40  
Being polled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24  
Passcode protection for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24, 2.45–2.46, 2.49  
Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6, AI.1  
Printing machine settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Printing a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Print and copy reduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3–2.5  
Print quality problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.4–3.5  
Program list, printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Programmable one-touch keys . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.34–2.41  
Protection passcode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45  
AC power line connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Answering machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.9  
Drum cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6–1.7  
Fax machine, location of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
Handset and handset cradle (optional) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
Phone line connection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Paper for printouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7  
Paper-handling parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8  
Telephone (yours) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9  
Toner cartridge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6–1.7  
J
J ammed paper, removing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2–3.3  
J ournal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.22  
“J unk fax,” blocking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.49–2.50  
L
R
Language, setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Larger documents, adjusting machine for . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13  
Light contrast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12, 2.2  
Limited warranty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.6  
Line connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Installation  
Location ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8, 2.9–2.10, 2.12–2.14  
Receiving faxes (basic instructions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.17–1.20  
Redialing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.15–1.16  
Reduction, print and copy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.3–2.5  
Regulatory information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.2  
Relay broadcasting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.17–2.18, 2.36–2.37  
Reports, confirmation (TCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23  
Requirements, phone and electrical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6, AI.1  
Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1, 1.12, 2.2  
Review Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.16, 2.20  
Rings, setting number on which to answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.5  
M
Making copies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.21  
Memory overflow error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.19  
Memory transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.13–1.14  
Monitor speaker, setting volume of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8–1.9  
Multipurpose tray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.7  
N
Normal resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1, 1.12, 2.2  
O
OneLine + distinctive ring detection (DRD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.24–2.25  
One-touch numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8, 2.9–2.11  
See also Programmable one-touch keys  
Operation protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.45–2.46  
Outgoing message for a connected answering machine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.20  
Out-of-paper reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.20  
AI.4  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
S
Security reception . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.46–2.47  
Sending faxes (basic instructions) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.12–1.16  
Settings list, printing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Silent” fax machine, detection of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.20  
Silent mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.6  
Speaker, monitor, setting volume of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8–1.9  
Special dialing characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.4, 2.8  
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.21–2.27  
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.1  
Speed-dial numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.8, 2.11–2.13  
Stamp, transmission confirmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.7  
Subscriber ID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
Superfine resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1, 1.12, 2.2  
Surge suppressor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
T
TCRs (transmit confirmation reports) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.23  
Telephone features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.15  
Time and date, setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
Toner cartridge, installing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6–1.7  
Transmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . See Sending faxes  
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.2–3.10  
Transmit Terminal Identifier (TTI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11  
U
Unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.2  
User settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.10–1.11, 2.2–2.7  
V
Verification stamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .See Confirmation stamp  
Voice mail, possible trouble with . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.14  
Volume setting for monitor speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.8–1.9  
Voltage requirements and power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6  
W
Warranty, limited . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AI.6  
AI.5  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
Limited warranty  
T
his warranty is made by Muratec America, Inc. (hereafter referred to as Muratec”). This warranty is  
EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH ABOVE, AND EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT PROHIBITED BY APPLICABLE LAW, MURATEC  
MAKES NO OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES  
valid only on Muratec products purchased and used in the United States of America. This warranty  
applies to the product only while owned and used by the original purchaser (Customer). If ownership of  
the product is transferred, this warranty terminates. This warranty does not apply to any product in use  
for rental purposes.  
This Muratec product is warranted against defects in material and workmanship for ninety (90) days  
commencing the date of original Customer purchase. If the product is defective in material and/or work-  
manship (normal wear and tear excepted) during the warranty period, Muratec or its authorized  
representative will, during Muratecs established service availability hours, make necessary adjustments  
and repairs, including, at Muratecs option, installation of replacement parts. Muratecs service availabil-  
ity hours are 8:30 AM to 5:00 PM (Central time) Monday through Friday, excluding Muratec-recognized  
holidays. Muratec will complete the necessary adjustments and repairs within a reasonable time period,  
as dictated by the nature of the problem and by Muratecs service schedule. Replacement parts may have  
been used and/or reconditioned. Parts that have been replaced will remain the property of Muratec. This  
warranty is subject to the OBLIGATIONS and EXCLUSIONS set forth.  
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR  
A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, AND ANY WARRANTY ARISING FROM COURSE OF  
DEALING OR USAGE OF TRADE), AND MURATEC EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES NOT STATED HEREIN. IN THE  
EVENT THE PRODUCT IS NOT FREE FROM DEFECTS AS WARRANTED ABOVE, THE CUSTOMERS SOLE REMEDY SHALL BE  
REPAIR OR REPLACEMENT AS PROVIDED ABOVE. UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL MURATEC BE LIABLE TO THE CUS-  
TOMER, OR TO ANY USER, FOR ANY DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,  
EXPENSES, LOST PROFITS, LOST SAVINGS OR ANY OTHER DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE  
THE MURATEC PRODUCT, EVEN IF MURATEC OR ITS REPRESENTATIVES HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF  
SUCH DAMAGES.  
Some States do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, and some  
States do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitations or exclu-  
sions may not apply to you. This warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other  
rights which vary from State to State.  
Obligations  
1. This warranty will be honored only on presentation of the original dated authorized Muratec bill of sale  
or Muratec dealer bill of sale or sales slip to an authorized Muratec service representative or service  
center. For the name of your authorized service center, contact Muratec (from the United States, call  
1-972-364-3350; from Canada, check your in-box materials for the number to call).  
2. During the warranty period, the Customer must notify Muratec by telephone of any defective product  
material and/or workmanship.  
3. Transportation (including prepayment of freight and insurance charges) of the product to and from an  
authorized service center, designated by Muratec, is the responsibility of the Customer.  
4. If Muratec provides maintenance or responds to a call which is outside the scope of this warranty, such  
maintenance shall be billed to the Customer at Muratecs then-current rates for maintenance and  
parts and shall be due and payable in full upon receipt of invoice.  
Exclusions  
1. This warranty shall not cover a product with missing or altered original identification marks.  
2. This warranty applies only to products that the purchaser has properly installed, adjusted and oper-  
ated in accordance with the instructions set forth in or provided with product literature. This warranty  
does not apply to any product which has been subjected to tampering, alteration, misuse, abuse,  
neglect, improper installation or transportation damage. Nor does it apply to costs for any service  
requested for demonstration or to confirm proper operation of this product.  
3. The warranty shall not apply to adjustments, repairs or replacements necessitated by any cause  
beyond the control of Muratec (whether foreseeable or not) including, but not limited to, any malfunc-  
tion, defects or failure caused by or resulting from any of the following: improper unpacking or  
installation, unauthorized service or parts, or improper maintenance or cleaning, modification or  
repair by the Customer, accident (including, without limitation, unavoidable accidents), fire, flood or  
other Acts of God, improper telephone or electrical power or surges thereof, interconnection with or use  
of non-compatible equipment or supplies (including paper), or placement of the product in an area  
which does not conform to Muratec space, electrical and/or environmental requirements.  
4. Muratec will not be required to make adjustments, repairs or replacements if the product is installed  
or used at a location deemed by Muratec to be hazardous to health or safety, or if Muratec is not pro-  
vided with free and reasonable access to the product and a telephone during service availability hours,  
or if the product location is not accessible by an authorized Muratec service vehicle.  
AI.6  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Appendix and index  
Safety information  
Laser safety  
Warning labels  
This fax machine contains a page printer which operates by means of a laser. There  
is no possibility of danger from the laser, provided the fax machine is operated  
according to the instructions provided in this manual.  
Since radiation emitted by the laser is completely confined with a protective housing,  
the laser beam cannot escape from the machine during any phase of user operation.  
Internal laser radiation information  
For all users  
Maximum radiation power: 5.0 × 10-4  
(W  
)
Wavelength: 770–810 (nm)  
This is a Class IIIb laser diode assembly that has an invisible laser beam. The  
printer head unit is NOT A FIELD SERVICE ITEM. Therefore, the printer head unit  
should not be opened under any circumstances.  
For United States users  
Laser safety  
This fax is certified as a Cla ss 1 laser product under the  
U
.
S. Dep a r tm en t of  
Hea lth a n d Hu m a n Ser vices (DHHS) Radiation Performance Standard according  
to the Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act of 1990. This means that the fax machine does  
not produce hazardous laser radiation.  
CDRH regulations  
The Cen ter for Devices a n d Ra d iologica l Hea lth (CDRH) of the  
U
.
S. Food and  
Drug Administration implemented regulations for laser products on August 2, 1976.  
Compliance is mandatory for products marketed in the United States. The labels  
shown in the graphic (see right column) indicates compliance with the CDRH regula-  
tions and must be attached to laser products marketed in the United States.  
Wa r n in g: Use of controls, adjustments or performance of procedures other  
than those specified in this manual may result in hazardous radia-  
tion exposure.  
AI.7  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  
Installing the optional cassette  
The optional cassette holds an additional 500 sheets. When properly installed, the fax machine will automat-  
ically detect the presence of the cassette.  
To install the optional cassette:  
Make sure your fax machine is turned off.  
1
2
Unpack the optional cassette and place it on a flat, level surface.  
Note: Installation should be performed at the fax machines permanent location to avoid moving it  
once installation is complete.  
Position the fax machine over the paper cassette.  
3
Note: Align the arrows on the left side of the fax machine.  
Use the two paper cassette mounting screws to attach the paper cassette to the fax machine.  
4
Pull forward on the paper cassette to slide it out.  
5
Insert up to 500 sheets into the cassette, placing the edges of the  
6
top sheet under the metal tabs on the left side of the cassette  
(viewed from the cassettes front, as shown).  
Push the paper cassette back into its original (closed) position.  
Youll feel a click when its properly in place.  
7
Turn on the fax machine.  
8
The fax machine is now ready to use.  
D65-95230-61  
Download from Www.Somanuals.com. All Manuals Search And Download.  

MSi Laptop CX640 User Manual
New Holland Lawn Mower TD5050 User Manual
NordicTrack Home Gym NTB14920 User Manual
Nortel Networks Cordless Telephone IP 560 User Manual
Omega Speaker Systems Treadmill Advance 300 User Manual
Omnitron Systems Technology Network Card 10 100VT User Manual
Oster Blender BPST02 B 050 User Manual
Oster Waffle Iron CKSTWF2502 2500 User Manual
Panasonic Camcorder AG HMC80P User Manual
Panasonic Electric Shaver ES4815 User Manual